Pic 24 FJ 256 Da 210
Pic 24 FJ 256 Da 210
DS39969B
PIC24FJ256DA210 Family
Data Sheet
64/100-Pin,
16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers
with Graphics Controller and
USB On-The-Go (OTG)
DS39969B-page 2 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyers risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PIC
32
logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control
Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified
logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Octopus, Omniscient Code
Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit,
PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance,
TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
2010, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 978-1-60932-235-9
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchips Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as unbreakable.
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchips code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Companys quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC
MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs, KEELOQ
code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchips quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 3
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
Graphics Controller Features:
Three Graphics Hardware Accelerators to Facilitate
Rendering of Block Copying, Text and Unpacking of
Compressed Data
Color Look-up Table (CLUT) with Maximum of 256 Entries
1/2/4/8/16 bits-per-pixel (bpp) Color Depth Set at
Run Time
Display Resolution Programmable According to
Frame Buffer:
- Supports direct access to external memory on
devices with EPMP
- Resolution supported is up to 480x272 @ 60 Hz,
16 bpp; 640x480 @ 30 Hz, 16 bpp or
640x480 @ 60 Hz, 8 bpp
Supports Various Display Interfaces:
- 4/8/16-bit Monochrome STN
- 4/8/16-bit Color STN
- 9/12/18/24-bit Color TFT (18 and 24-bit displays
are connected as 16-bit, 5-6-5 RGB color format)
Universal Serial Bus Features:
USB v2.0 On-The-Go (OTG) Compliant
Dual Role Capable Can act as either Host or Peripheral
Low-Speed (1.5 Mbps) and Full-Speed (12 Mbps)
USB Operation in Host mode
Full-Speed USB Operation in Device mode
High-Precision PLL for USB
Supports up to 32 Endpoints (16 bidirectional):
- USB module can use the internal RAM location
from 0x800 to 0xFFFF as USB endpoint buffers
On-Chip USB Transceiver with Interface for Off-Chip
Transceiver
Supports Control, Interrupt, Isochronous and Bulk
Transfers
On-Chip Pull-up and Pull-Down Resistors
Peripheral Features:
Enhanced Parallel Master Port/Parallel Slave Port
(EPMP/PSP), 100-pin devices only:
- Direct access from CPU with an Extended Data
Space (EDS) interface
- 4, 8 and 16-bit wide data bus
- Up to 23 programmable address lines
- Up to 2 chip select lines
- Up to 2 Acknowledgement lines (one per chip
select)
- Programmable address/data multiplexing
- Programmable address and data Wait states
- Programmable polarity on control signals
Peripheral Pin Select:
- Up to 44 available pins (100-pin devices)
Three 3-Wire/4-Wire SPI modules (supports 4 Frame
modes)
Three I
2
C modules Supporting Multi-Master/Slave
modes and 7-Bit/10-Bit Addressing
Four UART modules:
- Supports RS-485, RS-232, LIN/J2602 protocols
and IrDA
1
0
-
B
i
t
A
/
D
(
c
h
)
C
o
m
p
a
r
a
t
o
r
s
C
T
M
U
E
P
M
P
/
P
S
P
R
T
C
C
G
r
a
p
h
i
c
s
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
S
B
O
T
G
R
e
m
a
p
p
a
b
l
e
P
i
n
s
1
6
-
B
i
t
T
i
m
e
r
s
I
C
/
O
C
P
W
M
U
A
R
T
w
/
I
r
D
A
S
P
I
PIC24FJ128DA106 64 128K 24K 29 5 9/9 4 3 3 16 3 Y N Y Y Y
PIC24FJ256DA106 64 256K 24K 29 5 9/9 4 3 3 16 3 Y N Y Y Y
PIC24FJ128DA110 100/121 128K 24K 44 5 9/9 4 3 3 24 3 Y Y Y Y Y
PIC24FJ256DA110 100/121 256K 24K 44 5 9/9 4 3 3 24 3 Y Y Y Y Y
PIC24FJ128DA206 64 128K 96K 29 5 9/9 4 3 3 16 3 Y N Y Y Y
PIC24FJ256DA206 64 256K 96K 29 5 9/9 4 3 3 16 3 Y N Y Y Y
PIC24FJ128DA210 100/121 128K 96K 44 5 9/9 4 3 3 24 3 Y Y Y Y Y
PIC24FJ256DA210 100/121 256K 96K 44 5 9/9 4 3 3 24 3 Y Y Y Y Y
64/100-Pin, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers
with Graphics Controller and USB On-The-Go (OTG)
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 4 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
High-Performance CPU
Modified Harvard Architecture
Up to 16 MIPS Operation at 32 MHz
8 MHz Internal Oscillator
17-Bit x 17-Bit Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
32-Bit by 16-Bit Hardware Divider
16 x 16-Bit Working Register Array
C Compiler Optimized Instruction Set Architecture
with Flexible Addressing modes
Linear Program Memory Addressing, up to
12 Mbytes
Data Memory Addressing, up to 16 Mbytes:
- 2K SFR space
- 30K linear data memory
- 66K extended data memory
- Remaining (from 16 Mbytes) memory (external)
can be accessed using extended data Memory
(EDS) and EPMP (EDS is divided into 32-Kbyte
pages)
Two Address Generation Units for Separate Read
and Write Addressing of Data Memory
Power Management:
On-Chip Voltage Regulator of 1.8V
Switch between Clock Sources in Real Time
Idle, Sleep and Doze modes with Fast Wake-up and
Two-Speed Start-up
Run Mode: 800 A/MIPS, 3.3V Typical
Sleep mode Current Down to 20 A, 3.3V Typical
Standby Current with 32 kHz Oscillator: 22 A,
3.3V Typical
Analog Features:
10-Bit, up to 24-Channel Analog-to-Digital (A/D)
Converter at 500 ksps:
- Operation is possible in Sleep mode
- Band gap reference input feature
Three Analog Comparators with Programmable
Input/Output Configuration
Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU):
- Supports capacitive touch sensing for touch
screens and capacitive switches
- Minimum time measurement setting at 100 ps
Available LVD Interrupt VLVD Level
Special Microcontroller Features:
Operating Voltage Range of 2.2V to 3.6V
5.5V Tolerant Input (digital pins only)
Configurable Open-Drain Outputs on Digital I/O
Ports
High-Current Sink/Source (18 mA/18 mA) on all
I/O Ports
Selectable Power Management modes:
- Sleep, Idle and Doze modes with fast wake-up
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) Operation:
- Detects clock failure and switches to on-chip,
FRC oscillator
On-Chip LDO Regulator
Power-on Reset (POR) and
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Flexible Watchdog Timer (WDT) with On-Chip
Low-Power RC Oscillator for Reliable Operation
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) and
In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via 2 Pins
JTAG Boundary Scan Support
Flash Program Memory:
- 10,000 erase/write cycle endurance (minimum)
- 20-year data retention minimum
- Selectable write protection boundary
- Self-reprogrammable under software control
- Write protection option for Configuration Words
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 5
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
Pin Diagram (64-Pin TQFP/QFN)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
48
47
2
2
44
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
1
46
45
2
3
43
42
41
40
39
C
3
I
N
B
/
C
N
1
5
/
R
D
6
R
P
2
0
/
G
P
W
R
/
C
N
1
4
/
R
D
5
R
P
2
5
/
G
C
L
K
/
C
N
1
3
/
R
D
4
R
P
2
2
/
G
E
N
/
C
N
5
2
/
R
D
3
D
P
H
/
R
P
2
3
/
C
N
5
1
/
R
D
2
V
C
P
C
O
N
/
R
P
2
4
/
G
D
9
/
V
B
U
S
C
H
G
/
C
N
5
0
/
R
D
1
H
S
Y
N
C
/
C
N
6
2
/
R
E
4
G
D
3
/
C
N
6
1
/
R
E
3
G
D
2
/
C
N
6
0
/
R
E
2
G
D
1
/
C
N
5
9
/
R
E
1
G
D
1
0
/
V
B
U
S
S
T
/
V
C
M
P
S
T
1
/
V
B
U
S
V
L
D
/
C
N
6
8
/
R
F
0
V
C
A
P
SOSCI/C3IND/CN1/RC13
DMH/RP11/INT0/CN49/RD0
SCL1/RP3/GD6/CN55/RD10
DPLN/SDA1/RP4/GD8/CN54/RD9
RTCC/DMLN/RP2/CN53/RD8
RP12/GD7/CN56/RD11
OSCO/CLKO/CN22/RC15
OSCI/CLKI/CN23/RC12
VDD
D+/CN83/RG2
VUSB
VBUS/RF7
RP16/USBID/CN71/RF3
D-/CN84/RG3
A
V
D
D
A
N
8
/
R
P
8
/
C
N
2
6
/
R
B
8
A
N
9
/
R
P
9
/
C
N
2
7
/
R
B
9
T
M
S
/
C
V
R
E
F
/
A
N
1
0
/
C
N
2
8
/
R
B
1
0
T
D
O
/
A
N
1
1
/
C
N
2
9
/
R
B
1
1
V
D
D
P
G
E
C
2
/
A
N
6
/
R
P
6
/
C
N
2
4
/
R
B
6
P
G
E
D
2
/
A
N
7
/
R
P
7
/
R
C
V
/
C
N
2
5
/
R
B
7
S
C
L
2
/
R
P
1
7
/
G
D
5
/
C
N
1
8
/
R
F
5
S
D
A
2
/
R
P
1
0
/
G
D
4
/
C
N
1
7
/
G
D
4
/
R
F
4
VSYNC/CN63/RE5
GD12/SCL3/CN64/RE6
GD13/SDA3/CN65/RE7
C1IND/RP21/CN8/RG6
VDD
PGEC3/AN5/C1INA/VBUSON/RP18/CN7/RB5
PGED3/AN4/C1INB/USBOEN/RP28/CN6/RB4
AN3/C2INA/VPIO/CN5/RB3
AN2/C2INB/VMIO/RP13/CN4/RB2
C1INC/RP26/CN9/RG7
C2IND/RP19/GD14/CN10/RG8
PGEC1/AN1/VREF-/RP1/CN3/RB1
PGED1/AN0/VREF+/RP0/CN2/RB0
C2INC/RP27/GD15/CN11/RG9
MCLR
T
C
K
/
A
N
1
2
/
C
T
E
D
G
2
/
C
N
3
0
/
R
B
1
2
T
D
I
/
A
N
1
3
C
T
E
D
G
1
/
C
N
3
1
/
R
B
1
3
A
N
1
4
/
C
T
P
L
S
/
R
P
1
4
/
C
N
3
2
/
R
B
1
4
A
N
1
5
/
R
P
2
9
/
R
E
F
O
/
C
N
1
2
/
R
B
1
5
G
D
0
/
C
N
5
8
/
R
E
0
G
D
1
1
/
V
C
M
P
S
T
2
/
S
E
S
S
V
L
D
/
C
N
6
9
/
R
F
1
C
3
I
N
A
/
S
E
S
S
E
N
D
/
C
N
1
6
/
R
D
7
VSS
(1)
V
S
S
(
1
)
VSS
(1)
E
N
V
R
E
G
6
3
6
2
6
1
5
9
6
0
5
8
5
7
5
6
5
4
5
5
5
3
5
2
5
1
4
9
5
0
38
37
34
36
35
33
1
7
1
9
2
0
2
1
1
8
A
V
S
S
6
4
SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C3INC/RPI37/CN0/
Note 1: The back pad on QFN devices should be connected to VSS.
Legend: RPn and RPIn represents remappable peripheral pins.
Shaded pins indicate pins that are tolerant to up to +5.5V.
PIC24FJXXXDAX06
RC14
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 6 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1: COMPLETE PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR 64-PIN DEVICES
Pin Function Pin Function
1 VSYNC/CN63/RE5 33 RP16/USBID/CN71/RF3
2 GD12/SCL3/CN64/RE6 34 VBUS/RF7
3 GD13/SDA3/CN65/RE7 35 VUSB
4 C1IND/RP21/CN8/RG6 36 D-/CN84/RG3
5 C1INC/RP26/CN9/RG7 37 D+/CN83/RG2
6 C2IND/RP19/GD14/CN10/RG8 38 VDD
7 MCLR 39 OSCI/CLKI/CN23/RC12
8 C2INC/RP27/GD15/CN11/RG9 40 OSCO/CLKO/CN22/RC15
9 VSS 41 VSS
10 VDD 42 RTCC/DMLN/RP2/CN53/RD8
11 PGEC3/AN5/C1INA/VBUSON/RP18/CN7/RB5 43 DPLN/SDA1/RP4/GD8/CN54/RD9
12 PGED3/AN4/C1INB/USBOEN/RP28/CN6/RB4 44 SCL1/RP3/GD6/CN55/RD10
13 AN3/C2INA/VPIO/CN5/RB3 45 RP12/GD7/CN56/RD11
14 AN2/C2INB/VMIO/RP13/CN4/RB2 46 DMH/RP11/INT0/CN49/RD0
15 PGEC1/AN1/VREF-/RP1/CN3/RB1 47 SOSCI/C3IND/CN1/RC13
16 PGED1/AN0/VREF+/RP0/CN2/RB0 48 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C3INC/RPI37/CN0/RC14
17 PGEC2/AN6/RP6/CN24/RB6 49 VCPCON/RP24/GD9/VBUSCHG/CN50/RD1
18 PGED2/AN7/RP7/RCV/CN25/RB7 50 DPH/RP23/CN51/RD2
19 AVDD 51 RP22/GEN/CN52/RD3
20 AVSS 52 RP25/GCLK/CN13/RD4
21 AN8/RP8/CN26/RB8 53 RP20/GPWR/CN14/RD5
22 AN9/RP9/CN27/RB9 54 C3INB/CN15/RD6
23 TMS/CVREF/AN10/CN28/RB10 55 C3INA/SESSEND/CN16/RD7
24 TDO/AN11/CN29/RB11 56 VCAP
25 VSS 57 ENVREG
26 VDD 58 GD10/VBUSST/VCMPST1/VBUSVLD/CN68/RF0
27 TCK/AN12/CTEDG2/CN30/RB12 59 GD11/VCMPST2/SESSVLD/CN69/RF1
28 TDI/AN13/CTEDG1/CN31/RB13 60 GD0/CN58/RE0
29 AN14/CTPLS/RP14/CN32/RB14 61 GD1/CN59/RE1
30 AN15/RP29/REFO/CN12/RB15 62 GD2/CN60/RE2
31 SDA2/RP10/GD4/CN17/RF4 63 GD3/CN61/RE3
32 SCL2/RP17/GD5/CN18/RF5 64 HSYNC/CN62/RE4
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select functions.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 7
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
Pin Diagram (100-Pin TQFP)
9
2
9
4
9
3
9
1
9
0
8
9
8
8
8
7
8
6
8
5
8
4
8
3
8
2
8
1
8
0
7
9
7
8
20
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
2
6
56
4
5
4
4
4
3
4
2
4
1
4
0
3
9
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
17
18
19
21
22
9
5
1
7
6
7
7
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
75
74
73
58
57
24
23
25
9
6
9
8
9
7
9
9
2
7
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
55
54
53
52
51
1
0
0
R
P
2
0
/
P
M
R
D
/
C
N
1
4
/
R
D
5
R
P
2
5
/
P
M
W
R
/
C
N
1
3
/
R
D
4
P
M
D
1
3
/
C
N
1
9
/
R
D
1
3
R
P
I
4
2
/
P
M
D
1
2
/
C
N
5
7
/
R
D
1
2
R
P
2
2
/
P
M
B
E
0
/
C
N
5
2
/
R
D
3
D
P
H
/
R
P
2
3
/
G
D
1
1
/
P
M
A
C
K
1
/
C
N
5
1
/
R
D
2
V
C
P
C
O
N
/
R
P
2
4
/
G
D
7
/
V
B
U
S
C
H
G
/
C
N
5
0
/
R
D
1
A
N
2
2
/
P
M
A
1
7
/
C
N
4
0
/
R
A
7
A
N
2
3
/
G
E
N
/
C
N
3
9
/
R
A
6
P
M
D
2
/
C
N
6
0
/
R
E
2
H
S
Y
N
C
/
C
N
8
0
/
R
G
1
3
V
S
Y
N
C
/
C
N
7
9
/
R
G
1
2
P
M
A
1
6
/
C
N
8
1
/
R
G
1
4
P
M
D
1
/
C
N
5
9
/
R
E
1
P
M
D
0
/
C
N
5
8
/
R
E
0
P
M
D
8
/
C
N
7
7
/
R
G
0
P
M
D
4
/
C
N
6
2
/
R
E
4
P
M
D
3
/
C
N
6
1
/
R
E
3
V
B
U
S
S
T
/
V
C
M
P
S
T
1
/
V
B
U
S
V
L
D
/
P
M
D
1
1
/
C
N
6
8
/
R
F
0
V
C
A
P
SOSCI/C3IND/CN1/RC13
DMH/RP11/INT0/CN49/RD0
RP3/PMA15/PMCS2/CN55/
DPLN/RP4/GD10/PMACK2/CN54/
DMLN/RTCC/RP2/CN53/RD8
RP12/PMA14/PMCS1/CN56/RD11
SDA1/RPI35/PMBE1/CN44/
SCL1/RPI36/
OSCO/CLKO/CN22/RC15
OSCI/CLKI/CN23/RC12
VDD
D+/CN83/RG2
VUSB
VBUS/CN73/RF7
RP15/GD9/CN74/RF8
D-/CN84/RG3
RP30/GD3/CN70/RF2
RP16/USBID/CN71/RF3
VSS
V
R
E
F
+
/
P
M
A
6
/
C
N
4
2
/
R
A
1
0
V
R
E
F
-
/
P
M
A
7
/
C
N
4
1
/
R
A
9
A
V
D
D
A
V
S
S
A
N
8
/
R
P
8
/
G
D
1
2
/
C
N
2
6
/
R
B
8
G
D
1
3
/
A
N
9
/
R
P
9
/
G
D
1
3
/
C
N
2
7
/
R
B
9
A
N
1
0
/
C
V
R
E
F
/
P
M
A
1
3
/
C
N
2
8
/
R
B
1
0
A
N
1
1
/
P
M
A
1
2
/
C
N
2
9
/
R
B
1
1
V
D
D
R
P
I
3
2
/
P
M
A
1
8
/
P
M
A
5
/
C
N
7
5
/
R
F
1
2
R
P
3
1
/
G
D
2
/
C
N
7
6
/
R
F
1
3
V
S
S
V
D
D
R
P
5
/
G
D
1
5
/
C
N
2
1
/
R
D
1
5
R
P
I
4
3
/
G
D
1
4
/
C
N
2
0
/
R
D
1
4
P
G
E
C
2
/
A
N
6
/
R
P
6
/
C
N
2
4
/
R
B
6
P
G
E
D
2
/
A
N
7
/
R
P
7
/
R
C
V
/
G
P
W
R
/
C
N
2
5
/
R
B
7
R
P
1
7
/
P
M
A
8
/
C
N
1
8
/
R
F
5
R
P
1
0
/
P
M
A
9
/
C
N
1
7
/
R
F
4
PMD5/CN63/RE5
SCL3/PMD6/CN64/RE6
SDA3/PMD7/CN65/RE7
RPI38/GD0/CN45/RC1
RPI39/GD8/CN46/RC2
RPI40/GD1/CN47/RC3
AN16/RPI41/PMCS2/PMA22/CN48/RC4
AN17/C1IND/RP21/PMA5/PMA18/CN8/
VDD
TMS/CN33/RA0
RPI33/PMCS1/CN66/RE8
AN21/RPI34/PMA19/CN67/RE9
PGEC3/AN5/C1INA/VBUSON/RP18/CN7/RB5
AN3/C2INA/GD5/VPIO/CN5/RB3
AN2/C2INB/VMIO/RP13/GD6/CN4/RB2
RG6
AN19/C2IND/RP19/PMA3/PMA21
/
CN10/RG8
PGEC1/AN1/VREF-/RP1/CN3/RB1
PGED1/AN0/VREF+/RP0/CN2/RB0
GCLK/CN82/RG15
VDD
AN20/C2INC/RP27/PMA2/CN11/RG9
MCLR
A
N
1
2
/
P
M
A
1
1
/
C
T
E
D
G
2
/
C
N
3
0
/
R
B
1
2
A
N
1
3
/
P
M
A
1
0
/
C
T
E
D
G
1
/
C
N
3
1
/
R
B
1
3
A
N
1
4
/
C
T
P
L
S
/
R
P
1
4
/
P
M
A
1
/
C
N
3
2
/
R
B
1
4
A
N
1
5
/
R
E
F
O
/
R
P
2
9
/
P
M
A
0
/
C
N
1
2
/
R
B
1
5
P
M
D
9
/
C
N
7
8
/
R
G
1
V
C
M
P
S
T
2
/
S
E
S
S
V
L
D
/
P
M
D
1
0
/
C
N
6
9
/
R
F
1
C
3
I
N
A
/
S
E
S
S
E
N
D
/
P
M
D
1
5
/
C
N
1
6
/
R
D
7
C
3
I
N
B
/
P
M
D
1
4
/
C
N
1
5
/
R
D
6
TDO/CN38/RA5
SDA2/PMA20/PMA4/CN36/RA3
SCL2/CN35/RA2
VSS
V
S
S
VSS
E
N
V
R
E
G
TDI/PMA21/PMA3/CN37/RA4
T
C
K
/
C
N
3
4
/
R
A
1
SOSCO/SCLKI/TICK/C3INC/
PGED3/AN4/C1INB/USBOEN/RP28/GD4/CN6/RB4
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable peripheral pins.
Shaded pins indicate pins that are tolerant to up to +5.5V.
AN18/C1INC/RP26/PMA4/PMA20/CN9/RG7
CN43/RA14
PMA22/PMCS2/
RA15
RD9
RPI37/CN0/RC14
PIC24FJXXXDAX10
RD10
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 8 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2: COMPLETE PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR 100-PIN DEVICES
Pin Function Pin Function
1 GCLK/CN82/RG15 41 AN12/PMA11/CTEDG2/CN30/RB12
2 VDD 42 AN13/PMA10/CTEDG1/CN31/RB13
3 PMD5/CN63/RE5 43 AN14/CTPLS/RP14/PMA1/CN32/RB14
4 SCL3/PMD6/CN64/RE6 44 AN15/REFO/RP29/PMA0/CN12/RB15
5 SDA3/PMD7/CN65/RE7 45 VSS
6 RPI38/GD0/CN45/RC1 46 VDD
7 RPI39/GD8/CN46/RC2 47 RPI43/GD14/CN20/RD14
8 RPI40/GD1/CN47/RC3 48 RP5/GD15/CN21/RD15
9 AN16/RPI41/PMCS2/PMA22
(2)
/CN48/RC4 49 RP10/PMA9/CN17/RF4
10 AN17/C1IND/RP21/PMA5/PMA18
(2)
/CN8/RG6 50 RP17/PMA8/CN18/RF5
11 AN18/C1INC/RP26/PMA4/PMA20
(2)
/CN9/RG7 51 RP16/USBID/CN71/RF3
12 AN19/C2IND/RP19/PMA3/PMA21
(2)
/CN10/RG8 52 RP30/GD3/CN70/RF2
13 MCLR 53 RP15/GD9/CN74/RF8
14 AN20/C2INC/RP27/PMA2/CN11/RG9 54 VBUS/CN73/RF7
15 VSS 55 VUSB
16 VDD 56 D-/CN84/RG3
17 TMS/CN33/RA0 57 D+/CN83/RG2
18 RPI33/PMCS1/CN66/RE8 58 SCL2/CN35/RA2
19 AN21/RPI34/PMA19/CN67/RE9 59 SDA2/PMA20/PMA4
(2)
/CN36/RA3
20 PGEC3/AN5/C1INA/VBUSON/RP18/CN7/RB5 60 TDI/PMA21/PMA3
(2)
/CN37/RA4
21 PGED3/AN4/C1INB/USBOEN/RP28/GD4/CN6/RB4 61 TDO/CN38/RA5
22 AN3/C2INA/GD5/VPIO/CN5/RB3 62 VDD
23 AN2/C2INB/VMIO/RP13/GD6/CN4/RB2
63
OSCI/CLKI/CN23/RC12
24 PGEC1/AN1/VREF-
(1)
/RP1/CN3/RB1 64 OSCO/CLKO/CN22/RC15
25 PGED1/AN0/VREF+
(1)
/RP0/CN2/RB0 65 VSS
26 PGEC2/AN6/RP6/CN24/RB6 66 SCL1/RPI36/PMA22/PMCS2
(2)
/CN43/RA14
27 PGED2/AN7/RP7/RCV/GPWR/CN25/RB7 67 SDA1/RPI35/PMBE1/CN44/RA15
28 VREF-/PMA7/CN41/RA9 68 DMLN/RTCC/RP2/CN53/RD8
29 VREF+/PMA6/CN42/RA10 69 DPLN/RP4/GD10/PMACK2/CN54/RD9
30 AVDD 70 RP3/PMA15/PMCS2
(3)
/CN55/RD10
31 AVSS 71 RP12/PMA14/PMCS1
(3)
/CN56/RD11
32 AN8/RP8/GD12/CN26/RB8 72 DMH/RP11/INT0/CN49/RD0
33 AN9/RP9/GD13/CN27/RB9 73 SOSCI/C3IND/CN1/RC13
34 AN10/CVREF/PMA13/CN28/RB10 74 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C3INC/RPI37/CN0/RC14
35 AN11/PMA12/CN29/RB11 75 VSS
36 VSS 76 VCPCON/RP24/GD7/VBUSCHG/CN50/RD1
37 VDD 77 DPH/RP23/GD11/PMACK1/CN51/RD2
38 TCK/CN34/RA1 78 RP22/PMBE0/CN52/RD3
39 RP31/GD2/CN76/RF13 79 RPI42/PMD12/CN57/RD12
40 RPI32/PMA18/PMA5
(2)
/CN75/RF12 80 PMD13/CN19/RD13
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) functions.
Note 1: Alternate pin assignments for VREF+ and VREF- when the ALTVREF Configuration bit is programmed.
2: Alternate pin assignments for EPMP when the ALTPMP Configuration bit is programmed.
3: Pin assignment for PMCSx when CSF<1:0> is not equal to 00.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 9
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
81 RP25/PMWR/CN13/RD4 91 AN23/GEN/CN39/RA6
82 RP20/PMRD/CN14/RD5 92 AN22/PMA17/CN40/RA7
83 C3INB/PMD14/CN15/RD6 93 PMD0/CN58/RE0
84 C3INA/SESSEND/PMD15/CN16/RD7 94 PMD1/CN59/RE1
85 VCAP 95 PMA16/CN81/RG14
86 ENVREG 96 VSYNC/CN79/RG12
87 VBUSST/VCMPST1/VBUSVLD/PMD11/CN68/RF0 97 HSYNC/CN80/RG13
88 VCMPST2/SESSVLD/PMD10/CN69/RF1 98 PMD2/CN60/RE2
89 PMD9/CN78/RG1 99 PMD3/CN61/RE3
90 PMD8/CN77/RG0 100 PMD4/CN62/RE4
TABLE 2: COMPLETE PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR 100-PIN DEVICES
Pin Function Pin Function
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) functions.
Note 1: Alternate pin assignments for VREF+ and VREF- when the ALTVREF Configuration bit is programmed.
2: Alternate pin assignments for EPMP when the ALTPMP Configuration bit is programmed.
3: Pin assignment for PMCSx when CSF<1:0> is not equal to 00.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 10 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
Pin Diagram Top View (121-Pin BGA)
(1)
1 3 5 10 11
A
RE4 RE3 HSYNC/ RE0 RG0 RF1 ENVREG N/C RD12 GD11/ GD7/
RD1
B
N/C GCLK/ RE2 RE1 RA7 RF0 VCAP RD5 RD3 VSS RC14
C
RE6 VDD VSYNC/ RG14 GEN/ N/C RD7 RD4 VDD RC13 RD11
D GD0/ RE7 RE5 VSS VSS N/C RD6 RD13 RD0 n/c RD10
E
RC4 GD1/ RG6 GD8/ VDD RG1 N/C RA15 RD8 GD10/ RA14
F
MCLR
RG8 RG9 RG7 VSS n/c N/C VDD OSCI/ VSS OSCO/
G RE8 RE9 RA0 N/C VDD VSS VSS N/C RA5 RA3 RA4
H PGEC3/ PGED3/ VSS VDD N/C VDD n/c VBUS/ VUSB D+/RG2 RA2
J
GD5/ GD6/ PGED2/ AVDD RB11 RA1 RB12 N/C N/C GD9/RF8 D-/RG3
K
PGEC1/ PGED1/ RA10 GD12/ N/C RF12 RB14 VDD GD15/ USBID/ GD3/
L
PGEC2/ RA9 AVSS GD13/ RB10 GD2/ RB13 RB15 GD14/ RF4 RF5
2 4 6
Note 1: See Table 3 for complete functional pinout descriptions.
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select functions.
Shaded pins indicate pins tolerant to up to +5.5V.
RF7
RG13 RD2
RG15
RG12 RA6
RC1
RC3 RC2 RD9
RC12 RC15
RB3 RB2
RB8 RD15 RF3 RF2
RB9 RF13 RD14
RB5 GD4/RB4
RB1 RB0
RB6
RB7
GPWR
9 8 7
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 11
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 3: COMPLETE PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR 121-PIN (BGA) DEVICES
Pin Function Pin Function
A1 PMD4/CN62/RE4 E5 VDD
A2 PMD3/CN61/RE3 E6 PMD9/CN78/RG1
A3 HSYNC/CN80/RG13 E7 N/C
A4 PMD0/CN58/RE0 E8 SDA1/RPI35/PMBE1/CN44/RA15
A5 PMD8/CN77/RG0 E9 DMLN/RTCC/RP2/CN53/RD8
A6 VCMPST2/SESSVLD/PMD10/CN69/RF1 E10 DPLN/RP4/GD10/PMACK2/CN54/RD9
A7 ENVREG E11 SCL1/RPI36/PMA22/PMCS2
(2)
/CN43/RA14
A8 N/C F1 MCLR
A9 RPI42/PMD12/CN57/RD12 F2 AN19/C2IND/RP19/PMA3/PMA21
(2)
/CN10/RG8
A10 DPH/RP23/GD11/PMACK1/CN51/RD2 F3 AN20/C2INC/RP27/PMA2/CN11/RG9
A11 VCPCON/RP24/GD7/VBUSCHG/CN50/RD1 F4 AN18/C1INC/RP26/PMA4/PMA20
(2)
/CN9/RG7
B1 N/C F5 VSS
B2 GCLK/CN82/RG15 F6 N/C
B3 PMD2/CN60/RE2 F7 N/C
B4 PMD1/CN59/RE1 F8 VDD
B5 AN22/PMA17/CN40/RA7 F9 OSCI/CLKI/CN23/RC12
B6 VBUSST/VCMPST1/VBUSVLD/PMD11/CN68/RF0 F10 VSS
B7 VCAP F11 OSCO/CLKO/CN22/RC15
B8 RP20/PMRD/CN14/RD5 G1 RPI33/PMCS1/CN66/RE8
B9 RP22/PMBE0/CN52/RD3 G2 AN21/RPI34/PMA19/CN67/RE9
B10 VSS G3 TMS/CN33/RA0
B11 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C3INC/RPI37/CN0/RC14 G4 N/C
C1 SCL3/PMD6/CN64/RE6 G5 VDD
C2 VDD G6 VSS
C3 VSYNC/CN79/RG12 G7 VSS
C4 PMA16/CN81/RG14 G8 N/C
C5 AN23/GEN/CN39/RA6 G9 TDO/CN38/RA5
C6 N/C G10 SDA2/PMA20/PMA4
(2)
/CN36/RA3
C7 C3INA/SESSEND/PMD15/CN16/RD7 G11 TDI/PMA21/PMA3
(2)
/CN37/RA4
C8 RP25/PMWR/CN13/RD4 H1 PGEC3/AN5/C1INA/VBUSON/RP18/CN7/RB5
C9 VDD H2 PGED3/AN4/C1INB/USBOEN/RP28/GD4/CN6/RB4
C10 SOSCI/C3IND/CN1/RC13 H3 VSS
C11 RP12/PMA14/PMCS1
(3)
/CN56/RD11 H4 VDD
D1 RPI38/GD0/CN45/RC1 H5 N/C
D2 SDA3/PMD7/CN65/RE7 H6 VDD
D3 PMD5/CN63/RE5 H7 N/C
D4 VSS H8 VBUS/CN73/RF7
D5 VSS H9 VUSB
D6 N/C H10 D+/CN83/RG2
D7 C3INB/PMD14/CN15/RD6 H11 SCL2/CN35/RA2
D8 PMD13/CN19/RD13 J1 AN3/C2INA/GD5/VPIO/CN5/RB3
D9 DMH/RP11/INT0/CN49/RD0 J2 AN2/C2INB/VMIO/RP13/GD6/CN4/RB2
D10 N/C J3 PGED2/AN7/RP7/RCV/GPWR/CN25/RB7
D11 RP3/PMA15/PMCS2
(3)
/CN55/RD10 J4 AVDD
E1 AN16/RPI41/PMCS2/PMA22
(2)
/CN48/RC4 J5 AN11/PMA12/CN29/RB11
E2 RPI40/GD1/CN47/RC3 J6 TCK/CN34/RA1
E3 AN17/C1IND/RP21/PMA5/PMA18
(2)
/CN8/RG6 J7 AN12/PMA11/CTEDG2/CN30/RB12
E4 RPI39/GD8/CN46/RC2 J8 N/C
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select functions.
Note 1: Alternate pin assignments for VREF+ and VREF- when the ALTVREF Configuration bit is programmed.
2: Alternate pin assignments for EPMP when the ALTPMP Configuration bit is programmed.
3: Pin assignment for PMCSx when CSF<1:0> is not equal to 00.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 12 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
J9 N/C L1 PGEC2/AN6/RP6/CN24/RB6
J10 RP15/GD9/CN74/RF8 L2 VREF-
(1)
/PMA7/CN41/RA9
J11 D-/CN84/RG3 L3 AVSS
K1 PGEC1/AN1/VREF-
(1)
/RP1/CN3/RB1 L4 AN9/RP9/GD13/CN27/RB9
K2 PGED1/AN0/VREF+
(1)
/RP0/CN2/RB0 L5 AN10/CVREF/PMA13/CN28/RB10
K3 VREF+
(1)
/PMA6/CN42/RA10 L6 RP31/GD2/CN76/RF13
K4 AN8/RP8/GD12/CN26/RB8 L7 AN13/PMA10/CTEDG1/CN31/RB13
K5 N/C L8 AN15/REFO/RP29/PMA0/CN12/RB15
K6 RPI32/PMA18/PMA5
(2)
/CN75/RF12 L9 RPI43/GD14/CN20/RD14
K7 AN14/CTPLS/RP14/PMA1/CN32/RB14 L10 RP10/PMA9/CN17/RF4
K8 VDD L11 RP17/GD5/PMA8/SCL2/CN18/RF5
K9 RP5/GD15/CN21/RD15
K10 RP16/USBID/CN71/RF3
K11 RP30/GD3/CN70/RF2
TABLE 3: COMPLETE PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR 121-PIN (BGA) DEVICES
Pin Function Pin Function
Legend: RPn and RPIn represent remappable pins for Peripheral Pin Select functions.
Note 1: Alternate pin assignments for VREF+ and VREF- when the ALTVREF Configuration bit is programmed.
2: Alternate pin assignments for EPMP when the ALTPMP Configuration bit is programmed.
3: Pin assignment for PMCSx when CSF<1:0> is not equal to 00.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 13
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 15
2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 33
3.0 CPU ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39
4.0 Memory Organization................................................................................................................................................................. 45
5.0 Flash Program Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 81
6.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 87
7.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 93
8.0 Oscillator Configuration............................................................................................................................................................ 141
9.0 Power-Saving Features............................................................................................................................................................ 155
10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 157
11.0 Timer1 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 189
12.0 Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 ............................................................................................................................................................ 191
13.0 Input Capture with Dedicated Timers....................................................................................................................................... 197
14.0 Output Compare with Dedicated Timers .................................................................................................................................. 201
15.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 211
16.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I
2
C).............................................................................................................................................. 223
17.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ........................................................................................................... 231
18.0 Universal Serial Bus with On-The-Go Support (USB OTG) ..................................................................................................... 239
19.0 Enhanced Parallel Master Port (EPMP) ................................................................................................................................... 273
20.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) .................................................................................................................................. 285
21.0 32-Bit Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator ........................................................................................ 297
22.0 Graphics Controller Module (GFX)........................................................................................................................................... 305
23.0 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter ............................................................................................................................................ 325
24.0 Triple Comparator Module........................................................................................................................................................ 335
25.0 Comparator Voltage Reference................................................................................................................................................ 341
26.0 Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) ................................................................................................................................ 343
27.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 347
28.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 359
29.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 363
30.0 Electrical Characteristics.......................................................................................................................................................... 371
31.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 387
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 397
Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 399
The Microchip Web Site..................................................................................................................................................................... 405
Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 405
Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 405
Reader Response.............................................................................................................................................................................. 406
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 407
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 14 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
Microchips Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 15
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW
This document contains device-specific information for
the following devices:
The PIC24FJ256DA210 family enhances on the exist-
ing line of Microchips 16-bit microcontrollers, adding a
new Graphics Controller (GFX) module to interface
with a graphical LCD display and also adds large data
RAM, up to 96 Kbytes. The PIC24FJ256DA210 family
allows the CPU to fetch data directly from an external
memory device using the EPMP module.
1.1 Core Features
1.1.1 16-BIT ARCHITECTURE
Central to all PIC24F devices is the 16-bit modified
Harvard architecture, first introduced with Microchips
dsPIC
EPMP/PSP
(3)
1-9
(2)
ICNs
(1)
UART
REFO
PORTE
(1)
PORTG
(1)
(10 I/O)
(12 I/O)
PORTF
(1)
(10 I/O)
1/2/3
(2)
1/2/3 1/2/3/4
(2)
1-9
(2)
CTMU
(2)
USB OTG
Graphics
Controller
Up to 0x7FFF
Space
Program Memory/
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 21
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
AN0 16 25 K2 I ANA
A/D Analog Inputs.
AN1 15 24 K1 I ANA
AN2 14 23 J2 I ANA
AN3 13 22 J1 I ANA
AN4 12 21 H2 I ANA
AN5 11 20 H1 I ANA
AN6 17 26 L1 I ANA
AN7 18 27 J3 I ANA
AN8 21 32 K4 I ANA
AN9 22 33 L4 I ANA
AN10 23 34 L5 I ANA
AN11 24 35 J5 I ANA
AN12 27 41 J7 I ANA
AN13 28 42 L7 I ANA
AN14 29 43 K7 I ANA
AN15 30 44 L8 I ANA
AN16 9 E1 I ANA
AN17 10 E3 I ANA
AN18 11 F4 I ANA
AN19 12 F2 I ANA
AN20 14 F3 I ANA
AN21 19 G2 I ANA
AN22 92 B5 I ANA
AN23 91 C5 I ANA
AVDD 19 30 J4 P Positive Supply for Analog modules.
AVSS 20 31 L3 P Ground Reference for Analog modules.
C1INA 11 20 H1 I ANA Comparator 1 Input A.
C1INB 12 21 H2 I ANA Comparator 1 Input B.
C1INC 5 11 F4 I ANA Comparator 1 Input C.
C1IND 4 10 E3 I ANA Comparator 1 Input D.
C2INA 13 22 J1 I ANA Comparator 2 Input A.
C2INB 14 23 J2 I ANA Comparator 2 Input B.
C2INC 8 14 F3 I ANA Comparator 2 Input C.
C2IND 6 12 F2 I ANA Comparator 2 Input D.
C3INA 55 84 C7 I ANA Comparator 3 Input A.
C3INB 54 83 D7 I ANA Comparator 3 Input B.
C3INC 48 74 B11 I ANA Comparator 3 Input C.
C3IND 47 73 C10 I ANA Comparator 3 Input D.
CLKI 39 63 F9 I ST Main Clock Input Connection.
CLKO 40 64 F11 O System Clock Output.
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 22 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
CN0 48 74 B11 I ST
Interrupt-on-Change Inputs.
CN1 47 73 C10 I ST
CN2 16 25 K2 I ST
CN3 15 24 K1 I ST
CN4 14 23 J2 I ST
CN5 13 22 J1 I ST
CN6 12 21 H2 I ST
CN7 11 20 H1 I ST
CN8 4 10 E3 I ST
CN9 5 11 F4 I ST
CN10 6 12 F2 I ST
CN11 8 14 F3 I ST
CN12 30 44 L8 I ST
CN13 52 81 C8 I ST
CN14 53 82 B8 I ST
CN15 54 83 D7 I ST
CN16 55 84 C7 I ST
CN17 31 49 L10 I ST
CN18 32 50 L11 I ST
CN19 80 D8 I ST
CN20 47 L9 I ST
CN21 48 K9 I ST
CN22 40 64 F11 I ST
CN23 39 63 F9 I ST
CN24 17 26 L1 I ST
CN25 18 27 J3 I ST
CN26 21 32 K4 I ST
CN27 22 33 L4 I ST
CN28 23 34 L5 I ST
CN29 24 35 J5 I ST
CN30 27 41 J7 I ST
CN31 28 42 L7 I ST
CN32 29 43 K7 I ST
CN33 17 G3 I ST
CN34 38 J6 I ST
CN35 58 H11 I ST
CN36 59 G10 I ST
CN37 60 G11 I ST
CN38 61 G9 I ST
CN39 91 C5 I ST
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 23
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
CN40 92 B5 I ST
Interrupt-on-Change Inputs.
CN41 28 L2 I ST
CN42 29 K3 I ST
CN43 66 E11 I ST
CN44 67 E8 I ST
CN45 6 D1 I ST
CN46 7 E4 I ST
CN47 8 E2 I ST
CN48 9 E1 I ST
CN49 46 72 D9 I ST
CN50 49 76 A11 I ST
CN51 50 77 A10 I ST
CN52 51 78 B9 I ST
CN53 42 68 E9 I ST
CN54 43 69 E10 I ST
CN55 44 70 D11 I ST
CN56 45 71 C11 I ST
CN57 79 A9 I ST
CN58 60 93 A4 I ST
CN59 61 94 B4 I ST
CN60 62 98 B3 I ST
CN61 63 99 A2 I ST
CN62 64 100 A1 I ST
CN63 1 3 D3 I ST
CN64 2 4 C1 I ST
CN65 3 5 D2 I ST
CN66 18 G1 I ST
CN67 19 G2 I ST
CN68 58 87 B6 I ST
CN69 59 88 A6 I ST
CN70 52 K11 I ST
CN71 33 51 K10 I ST
CN73 54 H8 I ST
CN74 53 J10 I ST
CN75 40 K6 I ST
CN76 39 L6 I ST
CN77 90 A5 I ST
CN78 89 E6 I ST
CN79 96 C3 I ST
CN80 97 A3 I ST
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 24 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
CN81 95 C4 I ST
Interrupt-on-Change Inputs.
CN82 1 B2 I ST
CN83 37 57 H10 I ST
CN84 36 56 J11 I ST
CTEDG1 28 42 L7 I ANA CTMU External Edge Input 1.
CTEDG2 27 41 J7 I ANA CTMU External Edge Input 2.
CTPLS 29 43 K7 O CTMU Pulse Output.
CVREF 23 34 L5 O Comparator Voltage Reference Output.
D+ 37 57 H10 I/O USB Differential Plus Line (internal transceiver).
D- 36 56 J11 I/O USB Differential Minus Line (internal transceiver).
DMH 46 72 D9 O D- External Pull-up Control Output.
DMLN 42 68 E9 O D- External Pull-down Control Output.
DPH 50 77 A10 O D+ External Pull-up Control Output.
DPLN 43 69 E10 O D+ External Pull-down Control Output.
ENVREG 57 86 J7 I ST Voltage Regulator Enable.
GCLK 52 1 B2 O Graphics Display Pixel Clock.
GD0 60 6 D1 O
Graphics Controller Data Output.
GD1 61 8 E2 O
GD2 62 39 L6 O
GD3 63 52 K11 O
GD4 31 21 H2 O
GD5 32 22 J1 O
GD6 44 23 J2 O
GD7 45 76 A11 O
GD8 43 7 E4 O
GD9 49 53 J10 O
GD10 58 69 E10 O
GD11 59 77 A10 O
GD12 2 32 K4 O
GD13 3 33 L4 O
GD14 6 47 L9 O
GD15 8 48 K9 O
GEN 51 91 C5 O Graphics Display Enable Output.
GPWR 53 27 J3 O Graphics Display Power System Enable.
HSYNC 64 97 A3 O Graphics Display Horizontal Sync Pulse.
INT0 46 72 D9 I ST External Interrupt Input.
MCLR 7 13 F1 I ST Master Clear (device Reset) Input. This line is brought low
to cause a Reset.
OSCI 39 63 F9 I ANA Main Oscillator Input Connection.
OSCO 40 64 F11 O ANA Main Oscillator Output Connection.
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 25
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
PGEC1 15 24 K1 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Clock 1.
PGED1 16 25 K2 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data 1.
PGEC2 17 26 L1 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Clock 2.
PGED2 18 27 J3 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data 2.
PGEC3 11 20 H1 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Clock 3.
PGED3 12 21 H2 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data 3.
PMA0 44 L8 I/O ST Parallel Master Port Address bit 0 Input (Buffered Slave
modes) and Output (Master modes).
PMA1 43 K7 I/O ST Parallel Master Port Address Bit 1 Input (Buffered Slave
modes) and Output (Master modes).
PMA2 14 F3 O
Parallel Master Port Address bits<22:2>.
PMA3 12, 60
(1)
F2, G11
(1)
O
PMA4 11,59
(1)
F4,G10
(1)
O
PMA5 10,40
(1)
E3,K6
(1)
O
PMA6 29 K3 O
PMA7 28 L2 O
PMA8 50 L11 O
PMA9 49 L10 O
PMA10 42 L7 O
PMA11 41 J7 O
PMA12 35 J5 O
PMA13 34 L5 O
PMA14 71 C11 O
PMA15 70 D11 O
PMA16 95 C4 O
PMA17 92 B5 O
PMA18 40,10
(1)
K6,E3
(1)
O
PMA19 19 G2 O
PMA20 59, 11
(1)
G10, F4
(1)
O
PMA21 60,12
(1)
G11,F2
(1)
O
PMA22 66,9
(1)
E11,E1
(1)
O
PMACK1 77 A10 I ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Acknowledge Input 1.
PMACK2 69 E10 I ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Acknowledge Input 2.
PMALL 44 L8 O Parallel Master Port Lower Address Latch Strobe.
PMALH 43 K7 O Parallel Master Port Higher Address Latch Strobe.
PMALU 14 F3 O Parallel Master Port Upper Address Latch Strobe.
PMBE0 78 B9 O Parallel Master Port Byte Enable Strobe 0.
PMBE1 67 E8 O Parallel Master Port Byte Enable Strobe 1.
PMCS1 71
(3)
,18 C11
(3)
,G1 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Chip Select Strobe 1.
PMCS2 70
(2)
,9,
66
(1)
D11
(2)
,E1,
E11
(1)
O
Parallel Master Port Chip Select Strobe 2.
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 26 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
PMD0 93 A4 I/O ST/TTL
Parallel Master Port Data bits<15:0>.
PMD1 94 B4 I/O ST/TTL
PMD2 98 B3 I/O ST/TTL
PMD3 99 A2 I/O ST/TTL
PMD4 100 A1 I/O ST/TTL
PMD5 3 D3 I/O ST/TTL
PMD6 4 C1 I/O ST/TTL
PMD7 5 D2 I/O ST/TTL
PMD8 90 A5 I/O ST/TTL
PMD9 89 E6 I/O ST/TTL
PMD10 88 A6 I/O ST/TTL
PMD11 87 B6 I/O ST/TTL
PMD12 79 A9 I/O ST/TTL
PMD13 80 D8 I/O ST/TTL
PMD14 83 D7 I/O ST/TTL
PMD15 84 C7 I/O ST/TTL
PMRD 82 B8 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Read Strobe.
PMWR 81 C8 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Write Strobe.
RA0 17 G3 I/O ST
PORTA Digital I/O.
RA1 38 J6 I/O ST
RA2 58 H11 I/O ST
RA3 59 G10 I/O ST
RA4 60 G11 I/O ST
RA5 61 G9 I/O ST
RA6 91 C5 I/O ST
RA7 92 B5 I/O ST
RA9 28 L2 I/O ST
RA10 29 K3 I/O ST
RA14 66 E11 I/O ST
RA15 67 E8 I/O ST
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 27
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
RB0 16 25 K2 I/O ST
PORTB Digital I/O.
RB1 15 24 K1 I/O ST
RB2 14 23 J2 I/O ST
RB3 13 22 J1 I/O ST
RB4 12 21 H2 I/O ST
RB5 11 20 H1 I/O ST
RB6 17 26 L1 I/O ST
RB7 18 27 J3 I/O ST
RB8 21 32 K4 I/O ST
RB9 22 33 L4 I/O ST
RB10 23 34 L5 I/O ST
RB11 24 35 J5 I/O ST
RB12 27 41 J7 I/O ST
RB13 28 42 L7 I/O ST
RB14 29 43 K7 I/O ST
RB15 30 44 L8 I/O ST
RC1 6 D1 I/O ST
PORTC Digital I/O.
RC2 7 E4 I/O ST
RC3 8 E2 I/O ST
RC4 9 E1 I/O ST
RC12 39 63 F9 I/O ST
RC13 47 73 C10 I/O ST
RC14 48 74 B11 I/O ST
RC15 40 64 F11 I/O ST
RCV 18 27 J3 I ST USB Receive Input (from external transceiver).
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 28 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
RD0 46 72 D9 I/O ST
PORTD Digital I/O.
RD1 49 76 A11 I/O ST
RD2 50 77 A10 I/O ST
RD3 51 78 B9 I/O ST
RD4 52 81 C8 I/O ST
RD5 53 82 B8 I/O ST
RD6 54 83 D7 I/O ST
RD7 55 84 C7 I/O ST
RD8 42 68 E9 I/O ST
RD9 43 69 E10 I/O ST
RD10 44 70 D11 I/O ST
RD11 45 71 C11 I/O ST
RD12 79 A9 I/O ST
RD13 80 D8 I/O ST
RD14 47 L9 I/O ST
RD15 48 K9 I/O ST
RE0 60 93 A4 I/O ST
PORTE Digital I/O.
RE1 61 94 B4 I/O ST
RE2 62 98 B3 I/O ST
RE3 63 99 A2 I/O ST
RE4 64 100 A1 I/O ST
RE5 1 3 D3 I/O ST
RE6 2 4 C1 I/O ST
RE7 3 5 D2 I/O ST
RE8 18 G1 I/O ST
RE9 19 G2 I/O ST
REFO 30 44 L8 O Reference Clock Output.
RF0 58 87 B6 I/O ST
PORTF Digital I/O.
RF1 59 88 A6 I/O ST
RF2 52 K11 I/O ST
RF3 33 51 K10 I/O ST
RF4 31 49 L10 I/O ST
RF5 32 50 L11 I/O ST
RF7 34 54 H8 I/O ST
RF8 53 J10 I/O ST
RF12 40 K6 I/O ST
RF13 39 L6 I/O ST
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 29
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
RG0 90 A5 I/O ST
PORTG Digital I/O.
RG1 89 E6 I/O ST
RG2 37 57 H10 I/O ST
RG3 36 56 J11 I/O ST
RG6 4 10 E3 I/O ST
RG7 5 11 F4 I/O ST
RG8 6 12 F2 I/O ST
RG9 8 14 F3 I/O ST
RG12 96 C3 I/O ST
RG13 97 A3 I/O ST
RG14 95 C4 I/O ST
RG15 1 B2 I/O ST
RP0 16 25 K2 I/O ST
Remappable Peripheral (input or output).
RP1 15 24 K1 I/O ST
RP2 42 68 E9 I/O ST
RP3 44 70 D11 I/O ST
RP4 43 69 E10 I/O ST
RP5 48 K9 I/O ST
RP6 17 26 L1 I/O ST
RP7 18 27 J3 I/O ST
RP8 21 32 K4 I/O ST
RP9 22 33 L4 I/O ST
RP10 31 49 L10 I/O ST
RP11 46 72 D9 I/O ST
RP12 45 71 C11 I/O ST
RP13 14 23 J2 I/O ST
RP14 29 43 K7 I/O ST
RP15 53 J10 I/O ST
RP16 33 51 K10 I/O ST
RP17 32 50 L11 I/O ST
RP18 11 20 H1 I/O ST
RP19 6 12 F2 I/O ST
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 30 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
RP20 53 82 B8 I/O ST
Remappable Peripheral (input or output).
RP21 4 10 E3 I/O ST
RP22 51 78 B9 I/O ST
RP23 50 77 A10 I/O ST
RP24 49 76 A11 I/O ST
RP25 52 81 C8 I/O ST
RP26 5 11 F4 I/O ST
RP27 8 14 F3 I/O ST
RP28 12 21 H2 I/O ST
RP29 30 44 L8 I/O ST
RP30 52 K11 I/O ST
RP31 39 L6 I/O ST
RPI32 40 K6 I ST
Remappable Peripheral (input only).
RPI33 18 G1 I ST
RPI34 19 G2 I ST
RPI35 67 E8 I ST
RPI36 66 E11 I ST
RPI37 48 74 B11 I ST
RPI38 6 D1 I ST
RPI39 7 E4 I ST
RPI40 8 E2 I ST
RPI41 9 E1 I ST
RPI42 79 A9 I ST
RPI43 47 L9 I ST
RTCC 42 68 E9 O Real-Time Clock Alarm/Seconds Pulse Output.
SCL1 44 66 E11 I/O I
2
C I2C1 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output.
SCL2 32 58 H11 I/O I
2
C I2C2 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output.
SCL3 2 4 C1 I/O I
2
C I2C3 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output.
SCLKI 48 74 B11 O ANA Secondary Clock Input.
SDA1 43 67 E8 I/O I
2
C I2C1 Data Input/Output.
SDA2 31 59 G10 I/O I
2
C I2C2 Data Input/Output.
SDA3 3 5 D2 I/O I
2
C I2C3 Data Input/Output.
SESSEND 55 84 C7 I ST USB VBUS Boost Generator, Comparator Input 3.
SESSVLD 59 88 A6 I ST USB VBUS Boost Generator, Comparator Input 2.
SOSCI 47 73 C10 I ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Input.
SOSCO 48 74 B11 O ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Output.
T1CK 48 74 B11 I ST Timer1 Clock.
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 31
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TCK 27 38 J6 I ST JTAG Test Clock Input.
TDI 28 60 G11 I ST JTAG Test Data Input.
TDO 24 61 G9 O JTAG Test Data Output.
TMS 23 17 G3 I ST JTAG Test Mode Select Input.
USBID 33 51 K10 I ST USB OTG ID (OTG mode only).
USBOEN 12 21 H2 O USB Output Enable Control (for external transceiver).
VBUS 34 54 H8 I ANA USB Voltage, Host mode (5V).
VBUSCHG 49 76 A11 O External USB VBUS Charge Output.
VBUSON 11 20 H1 O USB OTG External Charge Pump Control.
VBUSST 58 87 B6 I ANA USB OTG Internal Charge Pump Feedback Control.
VBUSVLD 58 87 B6 I ST USB VBUS Boost Generator, Comparator Input 1.
VCAP 56 85 B7 P External Filter Capacitor Connection (regulator enabled).
VCMPST1 58 87 B6 I ST USB VBUS Boost Generator, Comparator Input 1.
VCMPST2 59 88 A6 I ST USB VBUS Boost Generator, Comparator Input 2.
VCPCON 49 76 A11 O USB OTG VBUS PWM/Charge Output.
VDD 10, 26, 38 2, 16, 37,
46, 62
C2, C9, F8,
G5, H6, K8,
H4, E5
P Positive Supply for Peripheral Digital Logic and I/O Pins.
VMIO 14 23 J2 I ST USB Differential Minus Input/Output (external transceiver).
VPIO 13 22 J1 I ST USB Differential Plus Input/Output (external transceiver).
VREF- 15 28, 24
(4)
L2, K1
(4)
I ANA A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (low) Input.
VREF+ 16 29, 25
(4)
K3, K2
(4)
I ANA A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (high) Input.
VSS 9, 25, 41 15, 36, 45,
65, 75
B10, F5,
F10, G6,
G7, H3, D4,
D5
P Ground Reference for Logic and I/O Pins.
VSYNC 1 96 C3 O Graphics Display Vertical Sync Pulse.
VUSB 35 55 H9 P USB Voltage (3.3V).
TABLE 1-3: PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Function
Pin Number
I/O
Input
Buffer
Description
64-Pin
TQFP/QFN
100-Pin
TQFP
121-Pin
BGA
Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer
ANA = Analog level input/output I
2
C = I
2
C/SMBus input buffer
Note 1: The alternate EPMP pins are selected when the ALTPMP (CW3<12>) bit is programmed to 0.
2: The PMSC2 signal will replace the PMA15 signal on the 15-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 01 or 10.
3: The PMCS1 signal will replace the PMA14 signal on the 14-pin PMA when CSF<1:0> = 10.
4: The alternate VREF pins selected when the ALTVREF (CW1<5>) bit is programmed to 0.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 32 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 33
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
2.0 GUIDELINES FOR GETTING
STARTED WITH 16-BIT
MICROCONTROLLERS
2.1 Basic Connection Requirements
Getting started with the PIC24FJ256DA210 family of
16-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal
set of device pin connections before proceeding with
development.
The following pins must always be connected:
All VDD and VSS pins
(see Section 2.2 Power Supply Pins)
All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or
not the analog device features are used
(see Section 2.2 Power Supply Pins)
MCLR pin
(see Section 2.3 Master Clear (MCLR) Pin)
ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE pins
(PIC24FJ devices only)
(see Section 2.4 Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE))
These pins must also be connected if they are being
used in the end application:
PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes
(see Section 2.5 ICSP Pins)
OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator
source is used
(see Section 2.6 External Oscillator Pins)
Additionally, the following pins may be required:
VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage
reference for analog modules is implemented
The minimum mandatory connections are shown in
Figure 2-1.
FIGURE 2-1: RECOMMENDED
MINIMUM CONNECTIONS
Note: The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be
connected, regardless of whether any of
the analog modules are being used.
PIC24FXXXX
V
D
D
V
S
S
VDD
VSS
VSS
VDD
A
V
D
D
A
V
S
S
V
D
D
V
S
S
C1
R1
VDD
MCLR
VCAP/VDDCORE
R2
(EN/DIS)VREG
(1)
C7
C2
(2)
C3
(2)
C4
(2)
C5
(2)
C6
(2)
Key (all values are recommendations):
C1 through C6: 0.1 F, 20V ceramic
C7: 10 F, 6.3V or greater, tantalum or ceramic
R1: 10 k
R2: 100 to 470
Note 1: See Section 2.4 Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)
for explanation of ENVREG/DISVREG pin
connections.
2: The example shown is for a PIC24F device
with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs.
Other devices may have more or less pairs;
adjust the number of decoupling capacitors
appropriately.
(1)
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 34 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.2 Power Supply Pins
2.2.1 DECOUPLING CAPACITORS
The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of
power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and
AVSS is required.
Consider the following criteria when using decoupling
capacitors:
Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 F (100 nF),
10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor
should be a low-ESR device with a resonance
frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher.
Ceramic capacitors are recommended.
Placement on the printed circuit board: The
decoupling capacitors should be placed as close
to the pins as possible. It is recommended to
place the capacitors on the same side of the
board as the device. If space is constricted, the
capacitor can be placed on another layer on the
PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace
length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater
than 0.25 inch (6 mm).
Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is
experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of
tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capaci-
tor in parallel to the above described decoupling
capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can
be in the range of 0.01 F to 0.001 F. Place this
second capacitor next to each primary decoupling
capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider
implementing a decade pair of capacitances as
close to the power and ground pins as possible
(e.g., 0.1 F in parallel with 0.001 F).
Maximizing performance: On the board layout
from the power supply circuit, run the power and
return traces to the decoupling capacitors first,
and then to the device pins. This ensures that the
decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain.
Equally important is to keep the trace length
between the capacitor and the power pins to a
minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace
inductance.
2.2.2 TANK CAPACITORS
On boards with power traces running longer than six
inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor
for integrated circuits including microcontrollers to
supply a local power source. The value of the tank
capacitor should be determined based on the trace
resistance that connects the power supply source to
the device, and the maximum current drawn by the
device in the application. In other words, select the tank
capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at
the device. Typical values range from 4.7 F to 47 F.
2.3 Master Clear (MCLR) Pin
The MCLR pin provides two specific device
functions: device Reset, and device programming
and debugging. If programming and debugging are
not required in the end application, a direct
connection to VDD may be all that is required. The
addition of other components, to help increase the
applications resistance to spurious Resets from
voltage sags, may be beneficial. A typical
configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit
designs may be implemented, depending on the
applications requirements.
During programming and debugging, the resistance
and capacitance that can be added to the pin must
be considered. Device programmers and debuggers
drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage
levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must
not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values
of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the
application and PCB requirements. For example, it is
recommended that the capacitor, C1, be isolated
from the MCLR pin during programming and
debugging operations by using a jumper (Figure 2-2).
The jumper is replaced for normal run-time
operations.
Any components associated with the MCLR pin
should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin.
FIGURE 2-2: EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN
CONNECTIONS
Note 1: R1 s 10 kO is recommended. A suggested
starting value is 10 kO. Ensure that the
MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.
2: R2 s 470O will limit any current flowing into
MCLR from the external capacitor, C, in the
event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin
VIH and VIL specifications are met.
C1
R2
R1
VDD
MCLR
PIC24FXXXX
JP
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 35
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
2.4 Voltage Regulator Pins
(ENVREG/DISVREG and
VCAP/VDDCORE)
The on-chip voltage regulator enable/disable pin
(ENVREG or DISVREG, depending on the device
family) must always be connected directly to either a
supply voltage or to ground. The particular connection
is determined by whether or not the regulator is to be
used:
For ENVREG, tie to VDD to enable the regulator,
or to ground to disable the regulator
For DISVREG, tie to ground to enable the
regulator or to VDD to disable the regulator
Refer to Section 27.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator
for details on connecting and using the on-chip
regulator.
When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR (<5)
capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to
stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The
VCAP/VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD, and
must use a capacitor of 10 F connected to ground. The
type can be ceramic or tantalum. A suitable example is
the Murata GRM21BF50J106ZE01 (10 F, 6.3V) or
equivalent. Designers may use Figure 2-3 to evaluate
ESR equivalence of candidate devices.
The placement of this capacitor should be close to
VCAP/VDDCORE. It is recommended that the trace
length not exceed 0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to
Section 30.0 Electrical Characteristics for
additional information.
When the regulator is disabled, the VCAP/VDDCORE pin
must be tied to a voltage supply at the VDDCORE level.
Refer to Section 30.0 Electrical Characteristics for
information on VDD and VDDCORE.
FIGURE 2-3: FREQUENCY vs. ESR
PERFORMANCE FOR
SUGGESTED VCAP
2.5 ICSP Pins
The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit
Serial Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes.
It is recommended to keep the trace length between
the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as
short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to
experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recom-
mended, with the value in the range of a few tens of
ohms, not to exceed 100.
Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the
PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they
will interfere with the programmer/debugger communi-
cations to the device. If such discrete components are
an application requirement, they should be removed
from the circuit during programming and debugging.
Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and
timing requirements information in the respective
device Flash programming specification for information
on capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high
(VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements.
For device emulation, ensure that the Communication
Channel Select (i.e., PGECx/PGEDx pins) programmed
into the device matches the physical connections for the
ICSP to the Microchip debugger/emulator tool.
For more information on available Microchip
development tools connection requirements, refer to
Section 28.0 Development Support.
Note: This section applies only to PIC24FJ
devices with an on-chip voltage regulator.
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000 10,000
Frequency (MHz)
E
S
R
(
O
)
Note: Data for Murata GRM21BF50J106ZE01 shown.
Measurements at 25C, 0V DC bias.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 36 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.6 External Oscillator Pins
Many microcontrollers have options for at least two
oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a
low-frequency secondary oscillator (refer to
Section 8.0 Oscillator Configuration for details).
The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same
side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator
circuit close to the respective oscillator pins with no
more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit
components and the pins. The load capacitors should
be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side
of the board.
Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator cir-
cuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The
grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the
MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power
traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a two-sided
board, avoid any traces on the other side of the board
where the crystal is placed.
Layout suggestions are shown in Figure 2-4. In-line
packages may be handled with a single-sided layout
that completely encompasses the oscillator pins. With
fine-pitch packages, it is not always possible to com-
pletely surround the pins and components. A suitable
solution is to tie the broken guard sections to a mirrored
ground layer. In all cases, the guard trace(s) must be
returned to ground.
In planning the applications routing and I/O assign-
ments, ensure that adjacent port pins and other signals
in close proximity to the oscillator are benign (i.e., free
of high frequencies, short rise and fall times and other
similar noise).
For additional information and design guidance on
oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip
Application Notes, available at the corporate web site
(www.microchip.com):
AN826, Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal
Selection for rfPIC and PICmicro
Devices
AN849, Basic PICmicro
Oscillator Design
AN943, Practical PICmicro
Oscillator Analysis
and Design
AN949, Making Your Oscillator Work
FIGURE 2-4: SUGGESTED PLACEMENT
OF THE OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
GND
`
`
`
OSCI
OSCO
SOSCO
SOSC I
Copper Pour Primary Oscillator
Crystal
Secondary
Crystal
DEVICE PINS
Primary
Oscillator
C1
C2
Sec Oscillator: C1 Sec Oscillator: C2
(tied to ground)
GND
OSCO
OSCI
Bottom Layer
Copper Pour
Oscillator
Crystal
Top Layer Copper Pour
C2
C1
DEVICE PINS
(tied to ground)
(tied to ground)
Single-Sided and In-line Layouts:
Fine-Pitch (Dual-Sided) Layouts:
Oscillator
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 37
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
2.7 Configuration of Analog and
Digital Pins During ICSP
Operations
If an ICSP compliant emulator is selected as a debug-
ger, it automatically initializes all of the A/D input pins
(ANx) as digital pins. Depending on the particular
device, this is done by setting all bits in the ADnPCFG
register(s), or clearing all bit in the ANSx registers.
All PIC24F devices will have either one or more
ADnPCFG registers or several ANSx registers (one for
each port); no device will have both. Refer to
(Section 23.0 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter)
for more specific information.
The bits in these registers that correspond to the A/D
pins that initialized the emulator must not be changed
by the user application firmware; otherwise,
communication errors will result between the debugger
and the device.
If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as
analog input pins during the debug session, the user
application must modify the appropriate bits during
initialization of the ADC module, as follows:
For devices with an ADnPCFG register, clear the
bits corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured
as analog. Do not change any other bits, particu-
larly those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx
pair, at any time.
For devices with ANSx registers, set the bits
corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured as
analog. Do not change any other bits, particularly
those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx pair,
at any time.
When a Microchip debugger/emulator is used as a
programmer, the user application firmware must
correctly configure the ADnPCFG or ANSx registers.
Automatic initialization of this register is only done
during debugger operation. Failure to correctly
configure the register(s) will result in all A/D pins being
recognized as analog input pins, resulting in the port
value being read as a logic '0', which may affect user
application functionality.
2.8 Unused I/Os
Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and
driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 k
to 10 k resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the
output to logic low.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 38 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 39
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
3.0 CPU
The PIC24F CPU has a 16-bit (data) modified Harvard
architecture with an enhanced instruction set and a
24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode
field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and
addresses up to 4M instructions of user program
memory space. A single-cycle instruction prefetch
mechanism is used to help maintain throughput and
provides predictable execution. All instructions execute
in a single cycle, with the exception of instructions that
change the program flow, the double-word move
(MOV.D) instruction and the table instructions.
Overhead-free program loop constructs are supported
using the REPEAT instructions, which are interruptible
at any point.
PIC24F devices have sixteen, 16-bit working registers
in the programmers model. Each of the working
registers can act as a data, address or address offset
register. The 16
th
working register (W15) operates as a
Software Stack Pointer for interrupts and calls.
The lower 32 Kbytes of the data space can be
accessed linearly. The upper 32 Kbytes of the data
space are referred to as extended data space to which
the extended data RAM, EPMP memory space or
program memory can be mapped.
The Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) has been
significantly enhanced beyond that of the PIC18, but
maintains an acceptable level of backward compatibil-
ity. All PIC18 instructions and addressing modes are
supported, either directly, or through simple macros.
Many of the ISA enhancements have been driven by
compiler efficiency needs.
The core supports Inherent (no operand), Relative,
Literal, Memory Direct Addressing modes along with
three groups of addressing modes. All modes support
Register Direct and various Register Indirect modes.
Each group offers up to seven addressing modes.
Instructions are associated with predefined addressing
modes depending upon their functional requirements.
For most instructions, the core is capable of executing
a data (or program data) memory read, a working reg-
ister (data) read, a data memory write and a program
(instruction) memory read per instruction cycle. As a
result, three parameter instructions can be supported,
allowing trinary operations (that is, A + B = C) to be
executed in a single cycle.
A high-speed, 17-bit x 17-bit multiplier has been
included to significantly enhance the core arithmetic
capability and throughput. The multiplier supports
Signed, Unsigned and Mixed mode, 16-bit x 16-bit or
8-bit x 8-bit, integer multiplication. All multiply
instructions execute in a single cycle.
The 16-bit ALU has been enhanced with integer divide
assist hardware that supports an iterative non-restoring
divide algorithm. It operates in conjunction with the
REPEAT instruction looping mechanism and a selection
of iterative divide instructions to support 32-bit (or
16-bit), divided by 16-bit, integer signed and unsigned
division. All divide operations require 19 cycles to
complete but are interruptible at any cycle boundary.
The PIC24F has a vectored exception scheme with up
to 8 sources of non-maskable traps and up to 118 inter-
rupt sources. Each interrupt source can be assigned to
one of seven priority levels.
A block diagram of the CPU is shown in Figure 3-1.
3.1 Programmers Model
The programmers model for the PIC24F is shown in
Figure 3-2. All registers in the programmers model are
memory mapped and can be manipulated directly by
instructions. A description of each register is provided
in Table 3-1. All registers associated with the
programmers model are memory mapped.
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 44. CPU with Extended Data
Space (EDS) (DS39732). The informa-
tion in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 40 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-1: PIC24F CPU CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 3-1: CPU CORE REGISTERS
Register(s) Name Description
W0 through W15 Working Register Array
PC 23-Bit Program Counter
SR ALU STATUS Register
SPLIM Stack Pointer Limit Value Register
TBLPAG Table Memory Page Address Register
RCOUNT Repeat Loop Counter Register
CORCON CPU Control Register
DISICNT Disable Interrupt Count Register
DSRPAG Data Space Read Page Register
DSWPAG Data Space Write Page Register
Instruction
Decode and
Control
PCH PCL
16
Program Counter
16-Bit ALU
23
23
24
23
Data Bus
Instruction Reg
16
16 x 16
W Register Array
Divide
Support
ROM Latch
16
EA MUX
RAGU
WAGU
16
16
8
Interrupt
Controller
EDS and Table
Data Access
Control Block
Stack
Control
Logic
Loop
Control
Logic
Data Latch
Data RAM
Address
Latch
Control Signals
to Various Blocks
Program Memory/
Data Latch
Address Bus
16
L
i
t
e
r
a
l
D
a
t
a
16 16
Hardware
Multiplier
16
To Peripheral Modules
Address Latch
Up to 0x7FFF
Extended Data
Space
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 41
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
FIGURE 3-2: PROGRAMMERS MODEL
N OV Z C
TBLPAG
22 0
7 0
0 15
Program Counter
Table Memory Page
ALU STATUS Register (SR)
Working/Address
Registers
W0 (WREG)
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9
W10
W11
W12
W13
Frame Pointer
Stack Pointer
RA
0
RCOUNT
15 0
Repeat Loop Counter
SPLIM
Stack Pointer Limit
SRL
0
0
15 0
CPU Control Register (CORCON)
SRH
W14
W15
DC
IPL
2 1 0
PC
Divider Working Registers
Multiplier Registers
15 0
Value Register
Address Register
Register
Data Space Read Page Register
Data Space Write Page Register
Disable Interrupt Count Register
13 0
DISICNT
9 0
DSRPAG
8 0
DSWPAG
IPL3
Registers or bits are shadowed for PUSH.S and POP.S instructions.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 42 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.2 CPU Control Registers
REGISTER 3-1: SR: ALU STATUS REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0, HSC
DC
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0, HSC
(1)
R/W-0, HSC
(1)
R/W-0, HSC
(1)
R-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
IPL2
(2)
IPL1
(2)
IPL0
(2)
RA N OV Z C
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 8 DC: ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit
1 = A carry out from the 4
th
low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8
th
low-order bit (for word-sized data)
of the result occurred
0 = No carry out from the 4
th
or 8
th
low-order bit of the result has occurred
bit 7-5 IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits
(1,2)
111 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 (15); user interrupts are disabled
110 = CPU interrupt priority level is 6 (14)
101 = CPU interrupt priority level is 5 (13)
100 = CPU interrupt priority level is 4 (12)
011 = CPU interrupt priority level is 3 (11)
010 = CPU interrupt priority level is 2 (10)
001 = CPU interrupt priority level is 1 (9)
000 = CPU interrupt priority level is 0 (8)
bit 4 RA: REPEAT Loop Active bit
1 = REPEAT loop in progress
0 = REPEAT loop not in progress
bit 3 N: ALU Negative bit
1 = Result was negative
0 = Result was not negative (zero or positive)
bit 2 OV: ALU Overflow bit
1 = Overflow occurred for signed (2s complement) arithmetic in this arithmetic operation
0 = No overflow has occurred
bit 1 Z: ALU Zero bit
1 = An operation, which affects the Z bit, has set it at some time in the past
0 = The most recent operation, which affects the Z bit, has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result)
bit 0 C: ALU Carry/Borrow bit
1 = A carry out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1.
2: The IPL Status bits are concatenated with the IPL3 (CORCON<3>) bit to form the CPU Interrupt Priority
Level (IPL). The value in parentheses indicates the IPL when IPL3 = 1.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 43
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
3.3 Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)
The PIC24F ALU is 16 bits wide and is capable of addi-
tion, subtraction, bit shifts and logic operations. Unless
otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are 2s
complement in nature. Depending on the operation, the
ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Zero (Z),
Negative (N), Overflow (OV) and Digit Carry (DC)
Status bits in the SR register. The C and DC Status bits
operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow bits, respectively,
for subtraction operations.
The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations,
depending on the mode of the instruction that is used.
Data for the ALU operation can come from the W
register array, or data memory, depending on the
addressing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output
data from the ALU can be written to the W register array
or a data memory location.
The PIC24F CPU incorporates hardware support for
both multiplication and division. This includes a
dedicated hardware multiplier and support hardware
for 16-bit divisor division.
3.3.1 MULTIPLIER
The ALU contains a high-speed, 17-bit x 17-bit
multiplier. It supports unsigned, signed or mixed sign
operation in several multiplication modes:
1. 16-bit x 16-bit signed
2. 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned
3. 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
4. 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned
5. 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
6. 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed
7. 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned
REGISTER 3-2: CORCON: CPU CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0, HSC R-1 U-0 U-0
IPL3
(1)
r
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Clearable bit r = Reserved bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-4 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 3 IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit
(1)
1 = CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7
0 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less
bit 2 Reserved: Read as 1
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as 0
Note 1: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level; see
Register 3-1 for bit description.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 44 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.3.2 DIVIDER
The divide block supports signed and unsigned integer
divide operations with the following data sizes:
1. 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
2. 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
3. 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
4. 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0
and the remainder in W1. 16-bit signed and unsigned
DIV instructions can specify any W register for both the
16-bit divisor (Wn), and any W register (aligned) pair
(W(m + 1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend. The divide algo-
rithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor, so both
32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take the
same number of cycles to execute.
3.3.3 MULTI-BIT SHIFT SUPPORT
The PIC24F ALU supports both single bit and
single-cycle, multi-bit arithmetic and logic shifts.
Multi-bit shifts are implemented using a shifter block,
capable of performing up to a 15-bit arithmetic right
shift, or up to a 15-bit left shift, in a single cycle. All
multi-bit shift instructions only support Register Direct
Addressing for both the operand source and result
destination.
A full summary of instructions that use the shift
operation is provided in Table 3-2.
TABLE 3-2: INSTRUCTIONS THAT USE THE SINGLE BIT AND MULTI-BIT SHIFT OPERATION
Instruction Description
ASR Arithmetic shift right source register by one or more bits.
SL Shift left source register by one or more bits.
LSR Logical shift right source register by one or more bits.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 45
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
As Harvard architecture devices, PIC24F micro-
controllers feature separate program and data memory
spaces and busses. This architecture also allows direct
access of program memory from the data space during
code execution.
4.1 Program Memory Space
The program address memory space of the
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices is 4M instructions.
The space is addressable by a 24-bit value derived
from either the 23-bit Program Counter (PC) during pro-
gram execution, or from table operation or data space
remapping, as described in Section 4.3 Interfacing
Program and Data Memory Spaces.
User access to the program memory space is restricted
to the lower half of the address range (000000h to
7FFFFFh). The exception is the use of TBLRD/TBLWT
operations, which use TBLPAG<7> to permit access to
the Configuration bits and Device ID sections of the
configuration memory space.
Memory maps for the PIC24FJ256DA210 family of
devices are shown in Figure 4-1.
FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY DEVICES
000000h
0000FEh
000002h
000100h
F8000Eh
F80010h
FEFFFEh
FFFFFEh
000004h
000200h
0001FEh
000104h
Reset Address
DEVID (2)
GOTO Instruction
Reserved
Alternate Vector Table
Reserved
Interrupt Vector Table
PIC24FJ128DAXXX
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
M
e
m
o
r
y
S
p
a
c
e
U
s
e
r
M
e
m
o
r
y
S
p
a
c
e
Flash Config Words
Note: Memory areas are not shown to scale.
FF0000h
F7FFFEh
F80000h
Device Config Registers
800000h
7FFFFEh
Reserved
02AC00h
02ABFEh
Unimplemented
Read 0
Reset Address
Device Config Registers
User Flash
Program Memory
(87K instructions)
DEVID (2)
GOTO Instruction
Reserved
Alternate Vector Table
Reserved
Interrupt Vector Table
PIC24FJ256DAXXX
Reserved
Flash Config Words
Unimplemented
Read 0
015800h
0157FEh
User Flash
Program Memory
(44K instructions)
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 46 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.1.1 PROGRAM MEMORY
ORGANIZATION
The program memory space is organized in
word-addressable blocks. Although it is treated as
24 bits wide, it is more appropriate to think of each
address of the program memory as a lower and upper
word, with the upper byte of the upper word being
unimplemented. The lower word always has an even
address, while the upper word has an odd address
(Figure 4-2).
Program memory addresses are always word-aligned
on the lower word and addresses are incremented or
decremented by two during code execution. This
arrangement also provides compatibility with data
memory space addressing and makes it possible to
access data in the program memory space.
4.1.2 HARD MEMORY VECTORS
All PIC24F devices reserve the addresses between
0x00000 and 0x000200 for hard coded program execu-
tion vectors. A hardware Reset vector is provided to
redirect code execution from the default value of the
PC on device Reset to the actual start of code. A GOTO
instruction is programmed by the user at 0x000000 with
the actual address for the start of code at 0x000002.
PIC24F devices also have two interrupt vector tables,
located from 0x000004 to 0x0000FF and 0x000100 to
0x0001FF. These vector tables allow each of the many
device interrupt sources to be handled by separate
ISRs. A more detailed discussion of the interrupt vector
tables is provided in Section 7.1 Interrupt Vector
Table.
4.1.3 FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS
In PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices, the top four
words of on-chip program memory are reserved for
configuration information. On device Reset, the config-
uration information is copied into the appropriate
Configuration register. The addresses of the Flash
Configuration Word for devices in the
PIC24FJ256DA210 family are shown in Table 4-1.
Their location in the memory map is shown with the
other memory vectors in Figure 4-1.
The Configuration Words in program memory are a
compact format. The actual Configuration bits are
mapped in several different registers in the configuration
memory space. Their order in the Flash Configuration
Words does not reflect a corresponding arrangement in
the configuration space. Additional details on the device
Configuration Words are provided in Section 27.1
Configuration Bits.
TABLE 4-1: FLASH CONFIGURATION
WORDS FOR
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DEVICES
FIGURE 4-2: PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Device
Program
Memory
(Words)
Configuration
Word Addresses
PIC24FJ128DAXXX 44,032 0x0157F8:0x0157FE
PIC24FJ256DAXXX 87,552 0x02ABF8:0x02ABFE
0 8 16
PC Address
0x000000
0x000002
0x000004
0x000006
23
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
Program Memory
Phantom Byte
(read as 0)
least significant word most significant word
Instruction Width
0x000001
0x000003
0x000005
0x000007
msw
Address (lsw Address)
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 47
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
4.2 Data Memory Space
The PIC24F core has a 16-bit wide data memory space,
addressable as a single linear range.
The data space is accessed using two Address Genera-
tion Units (AGUs), one each for read and write opera-
tions. The data space memory map is shown in
Figure 4-3.
The 16-bit wide data addresses in the data memory
space point to bytes within the Data Space (DS). This
gives a DS address range of 64 Kbytes or 32K words.
The lower 32 Kbytes (0x0000 to 0x7FFF) of DS is com-
patible with the PIC24F microcontrollers without EDS.
The upper 32 Kbytes of data memory address space
(0x8000 - 0xFFFF) are used as an EDS window.
The EDS window is used to access all memory region
implemented in EDS, as shown in Figure 4-4.
The EDS includes any additional internal data memory
not accessible by the lower 32-Kbyte data address
space and any external memory through EPMP. For
more details on accessing internal extended data
memory, refer to the PIC24F Family Reference
Manual, Section 45. Data Memory with Extended
Data Space (EDS) (DS39733). For more details on
accessing external memory using EPMP, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual, Section 42.
Enhanced Parallel Master Port (EPMP)
(DS39730). In PIC24F microcontrollers with EDS, the
program memory can also be read from EDS. This is
called Program Space Visibility (PSV). Table 4-2 lists the
total memory accessible by each of the devices in this
family.
The EDS is organized as pages, with a single page called
an EDS page that equals the EDS window (32 Kbytes).
A particular EDS page is selected through the Data
Space Read register (DSRPAG) or Data Space Write
register (DSWPAG). For PSV, only the DSRPAG register
is used. The combination of the DSRPAG register value
and the 16-bit wide data address forms a 24-bit Effective
Address (EA). For more information on EDS, refer to
Section 4.3.3 Reading Data from Program Memory
Using EDS.
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 45. Data Memory with
Extended Data Space (DS39733). The
information in this data sheet supersedes
the information in the FRM.
TABLE 4-2: TOTAL MEMORY ACCESSIBLE BY THE DEVICE
Devices Internal RAM
External RAM Access
Using EPMP
Program Memory Access
Using EDS
PIC24FJXXXDA210 96 Kbytes (30K + 66K
(1)
) Yes (up to 16 MB) Yes
PIC24FJXXXDA206 96 Kbytes (30K + 66K
(1)
) No Yes
PIC24FJXXXDA110 24 Kbytes Yes (up to 16 MB) Yes
PIC24FJXXXDA106 24 Kbytes No Yes
Note 1: The internal RAM above 30 Kbytes can be accessed through EDS window.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 48 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.1 DATA SPACE WIDTH
The data memory space is organized in
byte-addressable, 16-bit wide blocks. Data is aligned
in data memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all
data space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant
Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while
the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd
addresses.
FIGURE 4-3: DATA SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY DEVICES
(4)
Note 1: 24-Kbyte RAM variants (PIC24FJXXXDA1XX devices have implemented RAM only up to 0x67FF).
2: Valid only for 96-Kbyte RAM variants (PIC24FJXXXDA2XX).
3: Valid only for variants with the EPMP module (PIC24FJXXXDAX10).
4: Data memory areas are not shown to scale.
0000h
07FEh
FFFEh
LSB
Address
LSB MSB
MSB
Address
0001h
07FFh
1FFFh
FFFFh
8001h 8000h
7FFFh
0801h 0800h
2001h
Near
1FFEh
SFR
SFR Space
30 Kbytes Data RAM
2000h
7FFEh
EDS Window
Space
Data Space
Lower 32 Kbytes
Data Space
EDS Page 0x1
EDS Page 0x2
EDS Page 0x3 (2 KB)
EDS Page 0x4
EDS Page 0x200
EDS Page 0x300
EDS Page 0x1FF
EDS Page 0x2FF
EDS Page 0x3FF
Internal Extended
Data RAM(66 Kbytes)
(2)
Program Space Visibility
Area to Access Lower
Word of Program Memory
EPMP Memory Space
(3)
Program Space Visibility
Area to Access Upper
Word of Program Memory
Upper 32 Kbytes
Data Space
(32 KB)
(32 KB)
67FEh
(1)
67FFh
(1)
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 49
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
4.2.2 DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION
AND ALIGNMENT
To maintain backward compatibility with PIC
MCUs and
improve data space memory usage efficiency, the
PIC24F instruction set supports both word and byte
operations. As a consequence of byte accessibility, all
EA calculations are internally scaled to step through
word-aligned memory. For example, the core recognizes
that Post-Modified Register Indirect Addressing mode
[Ws++] will result in a value of Ws + 1 for byte operations
and Ws + 2 for word operations.
Data byte reads will read the complete word, which
contains the byte, using the LSB of any EA to deter-
mine which byte to select. The selected byte is placed
onto the LSB of the data path. That is, data memory
and registers are organized as two parallel, byte-wide
entities with shared (word) address decode but
separate write lines. Data byte writes only write to the
corresponding side of the array or register which
matches the byte address.
All word accesses must be aligned to an even address.
Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so
care must be taken when mixing byte and word
operations or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a
misaligned read or write is attempted, an address error
trap will be generated. If the error occurred on a read,
the instruction underway is completed; if it occurred on
a write, the instruction will be executed but the write will
not occur. In either case, a trap is then executed, allow-
ing the system and/or user to examine the machine
state prior to execution of the address Fault.
All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the
LSB. The Most Significant Byte (MSB) is not modified.
A sign-extend instruction (SE) is provided to allow
users to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit signed
values. Alternatively, for 16-bit unsigned data, users
can clear the MSB of any W register by executing a
zero-extend (ZE) instruction on the appropriate
address.
Although most instructions are capable of operating on
word or byte data sizes, it should be noted that some
instructions operate only on words.
4.2.3 NEAR DATA SPACE
The 8-Kbyte area between 0000h and 1FFFh is
referred to as the near data space. Locations in this
space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute
address field within all memory direct instructions. The
remainder of the data space is addressable indirectly.
Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using
MOV instructions, which support Memory Direct
Addressing with a 16-bit address field.
4.2.4 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER
(SFR) SPACE
The first 2 Kbytes of the near data space, from 0000h
to 07FFh, are primarily occupied with Special Function
Registers (SFRs). These are used by the PIC24F core
and peripheral modules for controlling the operation of
the device.
SFRs are distributed among the modules that they con-
trol and are generally grouped together by module.
Much of the SFR space contains unused addresses;
these are read as 0. A diagram of the SFR space,
showing where the SFRs are actually implemented, is
shown in Table 4-3. Each implemented area indicates
a 32-byte region where at least one address is imple-
mented as an SFR. A complete list of implemented
SFRs, including their addresses, is shown in Tables 4-4
throughTable 4-34.
TABLE 4-3: IMPLEMENTED REGIONS OF SFR DATA SPACE
SFR Space Address
xx00 xx20 xx40 xx60 xx80 xxA0 xxC0 xxE0
000h
Core ICN Interrupts
100h Timers Capture Compare
200h I
2
C UART SPI/UART SPI/I
2
C SPI UART I/O
300h ADC/CTMU
400h USB ANSEL
500h
600h EPMP RTC/Comp CRC PPS
700h GFX Controller System NVM/PMD
Legend: = No implemented SFRs in this block
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
0
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-4: CPU CORE REGISTERS MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
WREG0 0000 Working Register 0 0000
WREG1 0002 Working Register 1 0000
WREG2 0004 Working Register 2 0000
WREG3 0006 Working Register 3 0000
WREG4 0008 Working Register 4 0000
WREG5 000A Working Register 5 0000
WREG6 000C Working Register 6 0000
WREG7 000E Working Register 7 0000
WREG8 0010 Working Register 8 0000
WREG9 0012 Working Register 9 0000
WREG10 0014 Working Register 10 0000
WREG11 0016 Working Register 11 0000
WREG12 0018 Working Register 12 0000
WREG13 001A Working Register 13 0000
WREG14 001C Working Register 14 0000
WREG15 001E Working Register 15 0800
SPLIM 0020 Stack Pointer Limit Value Register xxxx
PCL 002E Program Counter Low Word Register 0000
PCH 0030 Program Counter Register High Byte 0000
DSRPAG 0032 Extended Data Space Read Page Address Register 0001
DSWPAG
(1)
0034 Extended Data Space Write Page Address Register 0001
RCOUNT 0036 Repeat Loop Counter Register xxxx
SR 0042 DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C 0000
CORCON 0044 IPL3 r 0004
DISICNT 0052 Disable Interrupts Counter Register xxxx
TBLPAG 0054 Table Memory Page Address Register 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0; r = Reserved bit. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Reserved in PIC24FJXXXDA106 devices; do not use.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
1
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-5: ICN REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
CNPD1 0056 CN15PDE CN14PDE CN13PDE CN12PDE CN11PDE CN10PDE CN9PDE CN8PDE CN7PDE CN6PDE CN5PDE CN4PDE CN3PDE CN2PDE CN1PDE CN0PDE 0000
CNPD2 0058 CN31PDE CN30PDE CN29PDE CN28PDE CN27PDE CN26PDE CN25PDE CN24PDE CN23PDE CN22PDE CN21PDE
(1)
CN20PDE
(1)
CN19PDE
(1)
CN18PDE CN17PDE CN16PDE 0000
CNPD3 005A CN47PDE
(1)
CN46PDE
(1)
CN45PDE
(1)
CN44PDE
(1)
CN43PDE
(1)
CN42PDE
(1)
CN41PDE
(1)
CN40PDE
(1)
CN39PDE
(1)
CN38PDE
(1)
CN37PDE
(1)
CN36PDE
(1)
CN35PDE
(1)
CN34PDE
(1)
CN33PDE
(1)
CN32PDE 0000
CNPD4 005C CN63PDE CN62PDE CN61PDE CN60PDE CN59PDE CN58PDE CN57PDE
(1)
CN56PDE CN55PDE CN54PDE CN53PDE CN52PDE CN51PDE CN50PDE CN49PDE CN48PDE
(1)
0000
CNPD5 005E CN79PDE
(1)
CN78PDE
(1)
CN77PDE
(1)
CN76PDE
(1)
CN75PDE
(1)
CN74PDE
(1)
CN73PDE
(1)
CN71PDE CN70PDE
(1)
CN69PDE CN68PDE CN67PDE
(1)
CN66PDE
(1)
CN65PDE CN64PDE 0000
CNPD6 0060 CN84PDE CN83PDE CN82PDE
(1)
CN81PDE
(1)
CN80PDE
(1)
0000
CNEN1 0062 CN15IE CN14IE CN13IE CN12IE CN11IE CN10IE CN9IE CN8IE CN7IE CN6IE CN5IE CN4IE CN3IE CN2IE CN1IE CN0IE 0000
CNEN2 0064 CN31IE CN30IE CN29IE CN28IE CN27IE CN26IE CN25IE CN24IE CN23IE CN22IE CN21IE
(1)
CN20IE
(1)
CN19IE
(1)
CN18IE CN17IE CN16IE 0000
CNEN3 0066 CN47IE
(1)
CN46IE
(1)
CN45IE
(1)
CN44IE
(1)
CN43IE
(1)
CN42IE
(1)
CN41IE
(1)
CN40IE
(1)
CN39IE
(1)
CN38IE
(1)
CN37IE
(1)
CN36IE
(1)
CN35IE
(1)
CN34IE
(1)
CN33IE
(1)
CN32IE 0000
CNEN4 0068 CN63IE CN62IE CN61IE CN60IE CN59IE CN58IE CN57IE
(1)
CN56IE CN55IE CN54IE CN53IE CN52IE CN51IE CN50IE CN49IE CN48IE
(1)
0000
CNEN5 006A CN79IE
(1)
CN78IE
(1)
CN77IE
(1)
CN76IE
(1)
CN75IE
(1)
CN74IE
(1)
CN73IE
(1)
CN71IE CN70IE
(1)
CN69IE CN68IE CN67IE
(1)
CN66IE
(1)
CN65IE CN64IE 0000
CNEN6 006C CN84IE CN83IE CN82IE
(1)
CN81IE
(1)
CN80IE
(1)
0000
CNPU1 006E CN15PUE CN14PUE CN13PUE CN12PUE CN11PUE CN10PUE CN9PUE CN8PUE CN7PUE CN6PUE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE 0000
CNPU2 0070 CN31PUE CN30PUE CN29PUE CN28PUE CN27PUE CN26PUE CN25PUE CN24PUE CN23PUE CN22PUE CN21PUE
(1)
CN20PUE
(1)
CN19PUE
(1)
CN18PUE CN17PUE CN16PUE 0000
CNPU3 0072 CN47PUE
(1)
CN46PUE
(1)
CN45PUE
(1)
CN44PUE
(1)
CN43PUE
(1)
CN42PUE
(1)
CN41PUE
(1)
CN40PUE
(1)
CN39PUE
(1)
CN38PUE
(1)
CN37PUE
(1)
CN36PUE
(1)
CN35PUE
(1)
CN34PUE
(1)
CN33PUE
(1)
CN32PUE 0000
CNPU4 0074 CN63PUE CN62PUE CN61PUE CN60PUE CN59PUE CN58PUE CN57PUE
(1)
CN56PUE CN55PUE CN54PUE CN53PUE CN52PUE CN51PUE CN50PUE CN49PUE CN48PUE
(1)
0000
CNPU5 0076 CN79PUE
(1)
CN78PUE
(1)
CN77PUE
(1)
CN76PUE
(1)
CN75PUE
(1)
CN74PUE
(1)
CN73PUE
(1)
CN71PUE CN70PUE
(1)
CN69PUE CN68PUE CN67PUE
(1)
CN66PUE
(1)
CN65PUE CN64PUE 0000
CNPU6 0078 CN84PUE CN83PUE CN82PUE
(1)
CN81PUE
(1)
CN80PUE
(1)
0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
2
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-6: INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
INTCON1 0080 NSTDIS MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL 0000
INTCON2 0082 ALTIVT DISI INT4EP INT3EP INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP 0000
IFS0 0084 AD1IF U1TXIF U1RXIF SPI1IF SPF1IF T3IF T2IF OC2IF IC2IF T1IF OC1IF IC1IF INT0IF 0000
IFS1 0086 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF IC8IF IC7IF INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF 0000
IFS2 0088 PMPIF
(1)
OC8IF OC7IF OC6IF OC5IF IC6IF IC5IF IC4IF IC3IF SPI2IF SPF2IF 0000
IFS3 008A RTCIF INT4IF INT3IF MI2C2IF SI2C2IF 0000
IFS4 008C CTMUIF LVDIF CRCIF U2ERIF U1ERIF 0000
IFS5 008E IC9IF OC9IF SPI3IF SPF3IF U4TXIF U4RXIF U4ERIF USB1IF MI2C3IF SI2C3IF U3TXIF U3RXIF U3ERIF 0000
IFS6 0090 GFX1IF 0000
IEC0 0094 AD1IE U1TXIE U1RXIE SPI1IE SPF1IE T3IE T2IE OC2IE IC2IE T1IE OC1IE IC1IE INT0IE 0000
IEC1 0096 U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE IC8IE IC7IE INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE 0000
IEC2 0098 PMPIE
(1)
OC8IE OC7IE OC6IE OC5IE IC6IE IC5IE IC4IE IC3IE SPI2IE SPF2IE 0000
IEC3 009A RTCIE INT4IE INT3IE MI2C2IE SI2C2IE 0000
IEC4 009C CTMUIE LVDIE CRCIE U2ERIE U1ERIE 0000
IEC5 009E IC9IE OC9IE SPI3IE SPF3IE U4TXIE U4RXIE U4ERIE USB1IE MI2C3IE SI2C3IE U3TXIE U3RXIE U3ERIE 0000
IEC6 00A0 GFX1IE 0000
IPC0 00A4 T1IP2 T1IP1 T1IP0 OC1IP2 OC1IP1 OC1IP0 IC1IP2 IC1IP1 IC1IP0 INT0IP2 INT0IP1 INT0IP0 4444
IPC1 00A6 T2IP2 T2IP1 T2IP0 OC2IP2 OC2IP1 OC2IP0 IC2IP2 IC2IP1 IC2IP0 4440
IPC2 00A8 U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0 SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0 SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0 T3IP2 T3IP1 T3IP0 4444
IPC3 00AA AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0 U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0 0044
IPC4 00AC CNIP2 CNIP1 CNIP0 CMIP2 CMIP1 CMIP0 MI2C1IP2 MI2C1IP1 MI2C1IP0 SI2C1IP2 SI2C1IP1 SI2C1IP0 4444
IPC5 00AE IC8IP2 IC8IP1 IC8IP0 IC7IP2 IC7IP1 IC7IP0 INT1IP2 INT1IP1 INT1IP0 4404
IPC6 00B0 T4IP2 T4IP1 T4IP0 OC4IP2 OC4IP1 OC4IP0 OC3IP2 OC3IP1 OC3IP0 4440
IPC7 00B2 U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0 U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0 INT2IP2 INT2IP1 INT2IP0 T5IP2 T5IP1 T5IP0 4444
IPC8 00B4 SPI2IP2 SPI2IP1 SPI2IP0 SPF2IP2 SPF2IP1 SPF2IP0 0044
IPC9 00B6 IC5IP2 IC5IP1 IC5IP0 IC4IP2 IC4IP1 IC4IP0 IC3IP2 IC3IP1 IC3IP0 4440
IPC10 00B8 OC7IP2 OC7IP1 OC7IP0 OC6IP2 OC6IP1 OC6IP0 OC5IP2 OC5IP1 OC5IP0 IC6IP2 IC6IP1 IC6IP0 4444
IPC11 00BA PMPIP2
(1)
PMPIP1
(1)
PMPIP0
(1)
OC8IP2 OC8IP1 OC8IP0 0044
(2)
IPC12 00BC MI2C2IP2 MI2C2IP1 MI2C2IP0 SI2C2IP2 SI2C2IP1 SI2C2IP0 0440
IPC13 00BE INT4IP2 INT4IP1 INT4IP0 INT3IP2 INT3IP1 INT3IP0 0440
IPC15 00C2 RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0 0400
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
2: The Reset value in 64-pin devices are 0004.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
3
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
IPC16 00C4 CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0 U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0 U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0 4440
IPC18 00C8 LVDIP2 LVDIP1 LVDIP0 0004
IPC19 00CA CTMUIP2 CTMUIP1 CTMUIP0 0040
IPC20 00CC U3TXIP2 U3TXIP1 U3TXIP0 U3RXIP2 U3RXIP1 U3RXIP0 U3ERIP2 U3ERIP1 U3ERIP0 4440
IPC21 00CE U4ERIP2 U4ERIP1 U4ERIP0 USB1IP2 USB1IP1 USB1IP0 MI2C3IP2 MI2C3IP1 MI2C3IP0 SI2C3IP2 SI2C3IP1 SI2C3IP0 4444
IPC22 00D0 SPI3IP2 SPI3IP1 SPI3IP0 SPF3IP2 SPF3IP1 SPF3IP0 U4TXIP2 U4TXIP1 U4TXIP0 U4RXIP2 U4RXIP1 U4RXIP0 4444
IPC23 00D2 IC9IP2 IC9IP1 IC9IP0 OC9IP2 OC9IP1 OC9IP0 0044
IPC25 00D6 GFX1IP2 GFX1IP1 GFX1IP0 0004
INTTREG 00E0 CPUIRQ VHOLD ILR3 ILR2 ILR1 ILR0 VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 0000
TABLE 4-6: INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
2: The Reset value in 64-pin devices are 0004.
TABLE 4-7: TIMER REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TMR1 0100 Timer1 Register 0000
PR1 0102 Timer1 Period Register FFFF
T1CON 0104 TON TSIDL TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 TSYNC TCS 0000
TMR2 0106 Timer2 Register 0000
TMR3HLD 0108 Timer3 Holding Register (for 32-bit timer operations only) 0000
TMR3 010A Timer3 Register 0000
PR2 010C Timer2 Period Register FFFF
PR3 010E Timer3 Period Register FFFF
T2CON 0110 TON TSIDL TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32 TCS 0000
T3CON 0112 TON TSIDL TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 TCS 0000
TMR4 0114 Timer4 Register 0000
TMR5HLD 0116 Timer5 Holding Register (for 32-bit operations only) 0000
TMR5 0118 Timer5 Register 0000
PR4 011A Timer4 Period Register FFFF
PR5 011C Timer5 Period Register FFFF
T4CON 011E TON TSIDL TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T45 TCS 0000
T5CON 0120 TON TSIDL TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 TCS 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
4
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-8: INPUT CAPTURE REGISTER MAP
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
IC1CON1 0140 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC1CON2 0142 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC1BUF 0144 Input Capture 1 Buffer Register 0000
IC1TMR 0146 Input Capture 1 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC2CON1 0148 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC2CON2 014A IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC2BUF 014C Input Capture 2 Buffer Register 0000
IC2TMR 014E Input Capture 2 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC3CON1 0150 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC3CON2 0152 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC3BUF 0154 Input Capture 3 Buffer Register 0000
IC3TMR 0156 Input Capture 3 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC4CON1 0158 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC4CON2 015A IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC4BUF 015C Input Capture 4 Buffer Register 0000
IC4TMR 015E Input Capture 4 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC5CON1 0160 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC5CON2 0162 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC5BUF 0164 Input Capture 5 Buffer Register 0000
IC5TMR 0166 Input Capture 5 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC6CON1 0168 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC6CON2 016A IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC6BUF 016C Input Capture 6 Buffer Register 0000
IC6TMR 016E Input Capture 6 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC7CON1 0170 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC7CON2 0172 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC7BUF 0174 Input Capture 7 Buffer Register 0000
IC7TMR 0176 Input Capture 7 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC8CON1 0178 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC8CON2 017A IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC8BUF 017C Input Capture 8 Buffer Register 0000
IC8TMR 017E Input Capture 8 Timer Value Register xxxx
IC9CON1 0180 ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000
IC9CON2 0182 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D
IC9BUF 0184 Input Capture 9 Buffer Register 0000
IC9TMR 0186 Input Capture 9 Timer Value Register xxxx
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
5
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-9: OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
OC1CON1 0190 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC1CON2 0192 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC1RS 0194 Output Compare 1 Secondary Register 0000
OC1R 0196 Output Compare 1 Register 0000
OC1TMR 0198 Output Compare 1 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC2CON1 019A OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC2CON2 019C FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC2RS 019E Output Compare 2 Secondary Register 0000
OC2R 01A0 Output Compare 2 Register 0000
OC2TMR 01A2 Output Compare 2 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC3CON1 01A4 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC3CON2 01A6 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC3RS 01A8 Output Compare 3 Secondary Register 0000
OC3R 01AA Output Compare 3 Register 0000
OC3TMR 01AC Output Compare 3 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC4CON1 01AE OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC4CON2 01B0 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC4RS 01B2 Output Compare 4 Secondary Register 0000
OC4R 01B4 Output Compare 4 Register 0000
OC4TMR 01B6 Output Compare 4 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC5CON1 01B8 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT1 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC5CON2 01BA FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC5RS 01BC Output Compare 5 Secondary Register 0000
OC5R 01BE Output Compare 5 Register 0000
OC5TMR 01C0 Output Compare 5 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC6CON1 01C2 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC6CON2 01C4 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC6RS 01C6 Output Compare 6 Secondary Register 0000
OC6R 01C8 Output Compare 6 Register 0000
OC6TMR 01CA Output Compare 6 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC7CON1 01CC OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC7CON2 01CE FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC7RS 01D0 Output Compare 7 Secondary Register 0000
OC7R 01D2 Output Compare 7 Register 0000
OC7TMR 01D4 Output Compare 7 Timer Value Register xxxx
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
6
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
OC8CON1 01D6 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC8CON2 01D8 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC8RS 01DA Output Compare 8 Secondary Register 0000
OC8R 01DC Output Compare 8 Register 0000
OC8TMR 01DE Output Compare 8 Timer Value Register xxxx
OC9CON1 01E0 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000
OC9CON2 01E2 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C
OC9RS 01E4 Output Compare 9 Secondary Register 0000
OC9R 01E6 Output Compare 9 Register 0000
OC9TMR 01E8 Output Compare 9 Timer Value Register xxxx
TABLE 4-9: OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-10: I
2
C REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
I2C1RCV 0200 I2C1 Receive Register 0000
I2C1TRN 0202 I2C1 Transmit Register 00FF
I2C1BRG 0204 I2C1 Baud Rate Generator Register 0000
I2C1CON 0206 I2CEN I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 1000
I2C1STAT 0208 ACKSTAT TRSTAT BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF 0000
I2C1ADD 020A I2C1 Address Register 0000
I2C1MSK 020C I2C1 Address Mask Register 0000
I2C2RCV 0210 I2C2 Receive Register 0000
I2C2TRN 0212 I2C2 Transmit Register 00FF
I2C2BRG 0214 I2C2 Baud Rate Generator Register 0000
I2C2CON 0216 I2CEN I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 1000
I2C2STAT 0218 ACKSTAT TRSTAT BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF 0000
I2C2ADD 021A I2C2 Address Register 0000
I2C2MSK 021C I2C2 Address Mask Register 0000
I2C3RCV 0270 I2C3 Receive Register 0000
I2C3TRN 0272 I2C3 Transmit Register 00FF
I2C3BRG 0274 I2C3 Baud Rate Generator Register 0000
I2C3CON 0276 I2CEN I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 1000
I2C3STAT 0278 ACKSTAT TRSTAT BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF 0000
I2C3ADD 027A I2C3 Address Register 0000
I2C3MSK 027C I2C3 Address Mask Register 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
7
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-11: UART REGISTER MAPS
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
U1MODE 0220 UARTEN USIDL IREN RTSMD UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000
U1STA 0222 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U1TXREG 0224 UART1 Transmit Register xxxx
U1RXREG 0226 UART1 Receive Register 0000
U1BRG 0228 UART1 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register 0000
U2MODE 0230 UARTEN USIDL IREN RTSMD UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000
U2STA 0232 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U2TXREG 0234 UART2 Transmit Register xxxx
U2RXREG 0236 UART2 Receive Register 0000
U2BRG 0238 UART2 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register 0000
U3MODE 0250 UARTEN USIDL IREN RTSMD UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000
U3STA 0252 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U3TXREG 0254 UART3 Transmit Register xxxx
U3RXREG 0256 UART3 Receive Register 0000
U3BRG 0258 UART3 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register 0000
U4MODE 02B0 UARTEN USIDL IREN RTSMD UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000
U4STA 02B2 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U4TXREG 02B4 UART4 Transmit Register xxxx
U4RXREG 02B6 UART4 Receive Register 0000
U4BRG 02B8 UART4 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
8
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-12: SPI REGISTER MAPS
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
SPI1STAT 0240 SPIEN SPISIDL SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF 0000
SPI1CON1 0242 DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000
SPI1CON2 0244 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL SPIFE SPIBEN 0000
SPI1BUF 0248 SPI1 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000
SPI2STAT 0260 SPIEN SPISIDL SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF 0000
SPI2CON1 0262 DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000
SPI2CON2 0264 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL SPIFE SPIBEN 0000
SPI2BUF 0268 SPI2 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000
SPI3STAT 0280 SPIEN SPISIDL SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF 0000
SPI3CON1 0282 DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000
SPI3CON2 0284 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL SPIFE SPIBEN 0000
SPI3BUF 0288 SPI3 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-13: PORTA REGISTER MAP
(1)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISA 02C0 TRISA15 TRISA14 TRISA10 TRISA9 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 C6FF
PORTA 02C2 RA15 RA14 RA10 RA9 RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx
LATA 02C4 LATA15 LATA14 LATA10 LATA9 LATA7 LATA6 LATA5 LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 xxxx
ODCA 02C6 ODA15 ODA14 ODA10 ODA9 ODA7 ODA6 ODA5 ODA4 ODA3 ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: PORTA and all associated bits are unimplemented on 64-pin devices and read as 0. Bits are available on 100-pin devices only, unless otherwise noted.
TABLE 4-14: PORTB REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISB 02C8 TRISB15 TRISB14 TRISB13 TRISB12 TRISB11 TRISB10 TRISB9 TRISB8 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 FFFF
PORTB 02CA RB15 RB14 RB13 RB12 RB11 RB10 RB9 RB8 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx
LATB 02CC LATB15 LATB14 LATB13 LATB12 LATB11 LATB10 LATB9 LATB8 LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 xxxx
ODCB 02CE ODB15 ODB14 ODB13 ODB12 ODB11 ODB10 ODB9 ODB8 ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4 ODB3 ODB2 ODB1 ODB0 0000
Legend: Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
5
9
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-15: PORTC REGISTER MAP
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
(1)
Bit 3
(1)
Bit 2
(1)
Bit 1
(1)
Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISC 02D0 TRISC15 TRISC14 TRISC13 TRISC12 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 F01E
PORTC 02D2 RC15
(2,3)
RC14 RC13 RC12
(2)
RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 xxxx
LATC 02D4 LATC15 LATC14 LATC13 LATC12 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 xxxx
ODCC 02D6 ODC15 ODC14 ODC13 ODC12 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
2: RC12 and RC15 are only available when the primary oscillator is disabled or when EC mode is selected (POSCMD<1:0> Configuration bits = 11 or 00); otherwise read as 0.
3: RC15 is only available when the POSCMD<1:0> Configuration bits = 11 or 00 and the OSCIOFN Configuration bit = 1.
TABLE 4-16: PORTD REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15
(1)
Bit 14
(1)
Bit 13
(1)
Bit 12
(1)
Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISD 02D8 TRISD15 TRISD14 TRISD13 TRISD12 TRISD11 TRISD10 TRISD9 TRISD8 TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 FFFF
PORTD 02DA RD15 RD14 RD13 RD12 RD11 RD10 RD9 RD8 RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx
LATD 02DC LATD15 LATD14 LATD13 LATD12 LATD11 LATD10 LATD9 LATD8 LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0 xxxx
ODCD 02DE ODD15 ODD14 ODD13 ODD12 ODD11 ODD10 ODD9 ODD8 ODD7 ODD6 ODD5 ODD4 ODD3 ODD2 ODD1 ODD0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
TABLE 4-17: PORTE REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
(1)
Bit 8
(1)
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISE 02E0 TRISE9 TRISE8 TRISE7 TRISE6 TRISE5 TRISE4 TRISE3 TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0 03FF
PORTE 02E2 RE9 RE8 RE7 RE6 RE5 RE4 RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 xxxx
LATE 02E4 LATE9 LATE8 LATE7 LATE6 LATE5 LATE4 LATE3 LATE2 LATE1 LATE0 xxxx
ODCE 02E6 ODE9 ODE8 ODE7 ODE6 ODE5 ODE4 ODE3 ODE2 ODE1 ODE0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
0
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-18: PORTF REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13
(1)
Bit 12
(1)
Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8
(1)
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
(1)
Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
TRISF 02E8 TRISF13 TRISF12 TRISF8 TRISF7 TRISF5 TRISF4 TRISF3 TRISF2 TRISF1 TRISF0 31BF
PORTF 02EA RF13 RF12 RF8 RF7 RF5 RF4 RF3 RF2 RF1 RF0 xxxx
LATF 02EC LATF13 LATF12 LATF8 LATF7 LATF5 LATF4 LATF3 LATF2 LATF1 LATF0 xxxx
ODCF 02EE ODF13 ODF12 ODF8 ODF7 ODF5 ODF4 ODF3 ODF2 ODF1 ODF0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
TABLE 4-19: PORTG REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15
(1)
Bit 14
(1)
Bit 13
(1)
Bit 12
(1)
Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
(1)
Bit 0
(1)
All
Resets
TRISG 02F0 TRISG15 TRISG14 TRISG13 TRISG12 TRISG9 TRISG8 TRISG7 TRISG6 TRISG3 TRISG2 TRISG1 TRISG0 F3CF
PORTG 02F2 RG15 RG14 RG13 RG12 RG9 RG8 RG7 RG6 RG3 RG2 RG1 RG0 xxxx
LATG 02F4 LATG15 LATG14 LATG13 LATG12 LATG9 LATG8 LATG7 LATG6 LATG3 LATG2 LATG1 LATG0 xxxx
ODCG 02F6 ODG15 ODG14 ODG13 ODG12 ODG9 ODG8 ODG7 ODG6 ODG3 ODG2 ODG1 ODG0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 100-pin devices.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
TABLE 4-20: PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
PADCFG1 02FC RTSECSEL PMPTTL
(1)
0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
1
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-21: ADC REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
ADC1BUF0 0300 ADC Data Buffer 0 xxxx
ADC1BUF1 0302 ADC Data Buffer 1 xxxx
ADC1BUF2 0304 ADC Data Buffer 2 xxxx
ADC1BUF3 0306 ADC Data Buffer 3 xxxx
ADC1BUF4 0308 ADC Data Buffer 4 xxxx
ADC1BUF5 030A ADC Data Buffer 5 xxxx
ADC1BUF6 030C ADC Data Buffer 6 xxxx
ADC1BUF7 030E ADC Data Buffer 7 xxxx
ADC1BUF8 0310 ADC Data Buffer 8 xxxx
ADC1BUF9 0312 ADC Data Buffer 9 xxxx
ADC1BUFA 0314 ADC Data Buffer 10 xxxx
ADC1BUFB 0316 ADC Data Buffer 11 xxxx
ADC1BUFC 0318 ADC Data Buffer 12 xxxx
ADC1BUFD 031A ADC Data Buffer 13 xxxx
ADC1BUFE 031C ADC Data Buffer 14 xxxx
ADC1BUFF 031E ADC Data Buffer 15 xxxx
ADC1BUF10 0340 ADC Data Buffer 16 xxxx
ADC1BUF11 0342 ADC Data Buffer 17 xxxx
ADC1BUF12 0344 ADC Data Buffer 18 xxxx
ADC1BUF13 0346 ADC Data Buffer 19 xxxx
ADC1BUF14 0348 ADC Data Buffer 20 xxxx
ADC1BUF15 034A ADC Data Buffer21 xxxx
ADC1BUF16 034C ADC Data Buffer 22 xxxx
ADC1BUF17 034E ADC Data Buffer 23 xxxx
ADC1BUF18 0350 ADC Data Buffer 24 xxxx
ADC1BUF19 0352 ADC Data Buffer 25 xxxx
ADC1BUF1A 0354 ADC Data Buffer 26 xxxx
ADC1BUF1B 0356 ADC Data Buffer 27 xxxx
ADC1BUF1C 0358 ADC Data Buffer 28 xxxx
ADC1BUF1D 035A ADC Data Buffer 29 xxxx
ADC1BUF1E 035C ADC Data Buffer 30 xxxx
ADC1BUF1F 035E ADC Data Buffer 31 xxxx
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0, r = reserved, maintain as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
2
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
AD1CON1 0320 ADON ADSIDL FORM1 FORM0 SSRC2 SSRC1 SSRC0 ASAM SAMP DONE 0000
AD1CON2 0322 VCFG2 VCFG1 VCFG0 r CSCNA BUFS SMPI4 SMPI3 SMPI2 SMPI1 SMPI0 BUFM ALTS 0000
AD1CON3 0324 ADRC r r SAMC4 SAMC3 SAMC2 SAMC1 SAMC0 ADCS7 ADCS6 ADCS5 ADCS4 ADCS3 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 0000
AD1CHS 0328 CH0NB CH0SB4 CH0SB3 CH0SB2 CH0SB1 CH0SB0 CH0NA CH0SA4 CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0 0000
AD1CSSH 032E CSSL27 CSSL26 CSSL25 CSSL24 CSSL23
(1)
CSSL22
(1)
CSSL21
(1)
CSSL20
(1)
CSSL19
(1)
CSSL18
(1)
CSSL17
(1)
CSSL16
(1)
0000
AD1CSSL 0330 CSSL15 CSSL14 CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8 CSSL7 CSSL6 CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0 0000
TABLE 4-21: ADC REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0, r = reserved, maintain as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0
TABLE 4-22: CTMU REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
CTMUCON 033C CTMUEN CTMUSIDL TGEN EDGEN EDGSEQEN IDISSEN CTTRIG EDG2POL EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0 EDG1POL EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT 0000
CTMUICON 033E ITRIM5 ITRIM4 ITRIM3 ITRIM2 ITRIM1 ITRIM0 IRNG1 IRNG0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
3
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-23: USB OTG REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
U1OTGIR
(2)
0480 IDIF T1MSECIF LSTATEIF ACTVIF SESVDIF SESENDIF VBUSVDIF 0000
U1OTGIE
(2)
0482 IDIE T1MSECIE LSTATEIE ACTVIE SESVDIE SESENDIE VBUSVDIE 0000
U1OTGSTAT
2)
0484 ID LSTATE SESVD SESEND VBUSVD 0000
U1OTGCON
(2)
0486 DPPULUP DMPULUP DPPULDWN DMPULDWN VBUSON OTGEN VBUSCHG VBUSDIS 0000
U1PWRC 0488 UACTPND USLPGRD USUSPND USBPWR 0000
U1IR 048A
(1)
STALLIF RESUMEIF IDLEIF TRNIF SOFIF UERRIF URSTIF 0000
STALLIF ATTACHIF
(1)
RESUMEIF IDLEIF TRNIF SOFIF UERRIF DETACHIF
(1)
0000
U1IE 048C
(1)
STALLIE RESUMEIE IDLEIE TRNIE SOFIE UERRIE URSTIE 0000
STALLIE ATTACHIE
(1)
RESUMEIE IDLEIE TRNIE SOFIE UERRIE DETACHIE
(1)
0000
U1EIR 048E
(1)
BTSEF DMAEF BTOEF DFN8EF CRC16EF CRC5EF PIDEF 0000
BTSEF DMAEF BTOEF DFN8EF CRC16EF EOFEF
(1)
PIDEF 0000
U1EIE 0490
(1)
BTSEE DMAEE BTOEE DFN8EE CRC16EE CRC5EE PIDEE 0000
BTSEE DMAEE BTOEE DFN8EE CRC16EE EOFEE
(1)
PIDEE 0000
U1STAT 0492 ENDPT3 ENDPT2 ENDPT1 ENDPT0 DIR PPBI 0000
U1CON 0494
(1)
SE0 PKTDIS HOSTEN RESUME PPBRST USBEN 0000
JSTATE
(1)
SE0 TOKBUSY USBRST HOSTEN RESUME PPBRST SOFEN
(1)
0000
U1ADDR 0496 LSPDEN
(1)
USB Device Address (DEVADDR) Register 0000
U1BDTP1 0498 Buffer Descriptor Table Base Address Register 0000
U1FRML 049A Frame Count Register Low Byte 0000
U1FRMH 049C Frame Count Register High Byte 0000
U1TOK
(2)
049E PID3 PID2 PID1 PID0 EP3 EP2 EP1 EP0 0000
U1SOF
(2)
04A0 Start-Of-Frame Count Register 0000
U1CNFG1 04A6 UTEYE UOEMON USBSIDL PPB1 PPB0 0000
U1CNFG2 04A8 UVCMPSEL PUVBUS EXTI2CEN UVBUSDIS UVCMPDIS UTRDIS 0000
U1EP0 04AA LSPD
(1)
RETRYDIS
(1)
EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP1 04AC EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP2 04AE EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP3 04B0 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP4 04B2 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP5 04B4 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP6 04B6 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP7 04B8 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP8 04BA EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP9 04BC EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Alternate register or bit definitions when the module is operating in Host mode.
2: This register is available in Host mode only.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
4
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
U1EP10 04BE EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP11 04C0 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP12 04C2 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP13 04C4 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP14 04C6 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1EP15 04C8 EPCONDIS EPRXEN EPTXEN EPSTALL EPHSHK 0000
U1PWMRRS 04CC USB Power Supply PWM Duty Cycle Register USB Power Supply PWM Period Register 0000
U1PWMCON 04CE PWMEN PWMPOL CNTEN 0000
TABLE 4-23: USB OTG REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Alternate register or bit definitions when the module is operating in Host mode.
2: This register is available in Host mode only.
TABLE 4-24: ANCFG REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
ANCFG 04DE VBG6EN VBG2EN VBGEN 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-25: ANSEL REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
(2)
ANSA
(1)
04E0 ANSA10
(1)
ANSA9
(1)
ANSA7
(1)
ANSA6
(1)
06C0
ANSB 04E2 ANSB15 ANSB14 ANSB13 ANSB12 ANSB11 ANSB10 ANSB9 ANSB8 ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 FFFF
ANSC 04E4 ANSC14 ANSC13 ANSC4
(1)
6010
ANSD 04E6 ANSD7 ANSD6 00C0
ANSE
(1)
04E8 ANSE9
(1)
0200
ANSF 04EA ANSF0 0001
ANSG 04EC ANSG9 ANSG8 ANSG7 ANSG6 03C0
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
2: Reset values are valid for 100-pin devices only.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
5
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-26: ENHANCED PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE PORT REGISTER MAP
(1)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
PMCON1 0600 PMPEN PSIDL ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0 MODE1 MODE0 CSF1 CSF0 ALP ALMODE BUSKEEP IRQM1 IRQM0 0000
PMCON2 0602 BUSY ERROR TIMEOUT AMREQ CURMST MSTSEL1 MSTSEL0 RADDR23 RADDR22 RADDR21 RADDR20 RADDR19 RADDR18 RADDR17 RADDR16 0000
PMCON3 0604 PTWREN PTRDEN PTBE1EN PTBE0EN AWAITM1 AWAITM0 AWAITE PTEN22 PTEN21 PTEN20 PTEN19 PTEN18 PTEN17 PTEN16 0000
PMCON4 0606 PTEN15 PTEN14 PTEN13 PTEN12 PTEN11 PTEN10 PTEN9 PTEN8 PTEN7 PTEN6 PTEN5 PTEN4 PTEN3 PTEN2 PTEN1 PTEN0 0000
PMCS1CF 0608 CSDIS CSP CSPTEN BEP WRSP RDSP SM ACKP PTSZ1 PTSZ0 0000
PMCS1BS 060A BASE23 BASE22 BASE21 BASE20 BASE19 BASE18 BASE17 BASE16 BASE15 BASE11 0200
PMCS1MD 060C ACKM1 ACKM0 AMWAIT2 AMWAIT1 AMWAIT0 DWAITB1 DWAITB0 DWAITM3 DWAITM2 DWAITM1 DWAITM0 DWAITE1 DWAITE0 0000
PMCS2CF 060E CSDIS CSP CSPTEN BEP WRSP RDSP SM ACKP PTSZ1 PTSZ0 0000
PMCS2BS 0610 BASE23 BASE22 BASE21 BASE20 BASE19 BASE18 BASE17 BASE16 BASE15 BASE11 0600
PMCS2MD 0612 ACKM1 ACKM0 AMWAIT2 AMWAIT1 AMWAIT0 DWAITB1 DWAITB0 DWAITM3 DWAITM2 DWAITM1 DWAITM0 DWAITE1 DWAITE0 0000
PMDOUT1 0614 EPMP Data Out Register 1<15:8> EPMP Data Out Register 1<7:0> xxxx
PMDOUT2 0616 EPMP Data Out Register 2<15:8> EPMP Data Out Register 2<7:0> xxxx
PMDIN1 0618 EPMP Data In Register 1<15:8> EPMP Data In Register 1<7:0> xxxx
PMDIN2 061A EPMP Data In Register 2<15:8> EPMP Data In Register 2<7:0> xxxx
PMSTAT 061C IBF IBOV IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F OBE OBUF OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E 008F
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
TABLE 4-27: REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
ALRMVAL 0620 Alarm Value Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<1:0> xxxx
ALCFGRPT 0622 ALRMEN CHIME AMASK3 AMASK2 AMASK1 AMASK0 ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0 ARPT7 ARPT6 ARPT5 ARPT4 ARPT3 ARPT2 ARPT1 ARPT0 0000
RTCVAL 0624 RTCC Value Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0> xxxx
RCFGCAL 0626 RTCEN RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0 CAL7 CAL6 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 (Note 1)
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: The status of the RCFGCAL register on POR is 0000 and on other Resets is unchanged.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
6
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-28: COMPARATORS REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
CMSTAT 0630 CMIDL C3EVT C2EVT C1EVT C3OUT C2OUT C1OUT 0000
CVRCON 0632 CVREFP CVREFM1 CVREFM0 CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 0000
CM1CON 0634 CON COE CPOL CEVT COUT EVPOL1 EVPOL0 CREF CCH1 CCH0 0000
CM2CON 0636 CON COE CPOL CEVT COUT EVPOL1 EVPOL0 CREF CCH1 CCH0 0000
CM3CON 0638 CON COE CPOL CEVT COUT EVPOL1 EVPOL0 CREF CCH1 CCH0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-29: CRC REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
CRCCON1 0640 CRCEN CSIDL VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 CRCFUL CRCMPT CRCISEL CRCGO LENDIAN 0040
CRCCON2 0642 DWIDTH4 DWIDTH3 DWIDTH2 DWIDTH1 DWIDTH0 PLEN4 PLEN3 PLEN2 PLEN1 PLEN0 0000
CRCXORL 0644 X15 X14 X13 X12 X11 X10 X9 X8 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 0000
CRCXORH 0646 X31 X30 X29 X28 X27 X26 X25 X24 X23 X22 X21 X20 X19 X18 X17 X16 0000
CRCDATL 0648 CRC Data Input Register Low 0000
CRCDATH 064A CRC Data Input Register High 0000
CRCWDATL 064C CRC Result Register Low 0000
CRCWDATH 064E CRC Result Register High 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
7
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-30: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
RPINR0 0680 INT1R5 INT1R4 INT1R3 INT1R2 INT1R1 INT1R0 3F00
RPINR1 0682 INT3R5 INT3R4 INT3R3 INT3R2 INT3R1 INT3R0 INT2R5 INT2R4 INT2R3 INT2R2 INT2R1 INT2R0 3F3F
RPINR2 0684 INT4R5 INT4R4 INT4R3 INT4R2 INT4R1 INT4R0 003F
RPINR3 0686 T3CKR5 T3CKR4 T3CKR3 T3CKR2 T3CKR1 T3CKR0 T2CKR5 T2CKR4 T2CKR3 T2CKR2 T2CKR1 T2CKR0 3F3F
RPINR4 0688 T5CKR5 T5CKR4 T5CKR3 T5CKR2 T5CKR1 T5CKR0 T4CKR5 T4CKR4 T4CKR3 T4CKR2 T4CKR1 T4CKR0 3F3F
RPINR7 068E IC2R5 IC2R4 IC2R3 IC2R2 IC2R1 IC2R0 IC1R5 IC1R4 IC1R3 IC1R2 IC1R1 IC1R0 3F3F
RPINR8 0690 IC4R5 IC4R4 IC4R3 IC4R2 IC4R1 IC4R0 IC3R5 IC3R4 IC3R3 IC3R2 IC3R1 IC3R0 3F3F
RPINR9 0692 IC6R5 IC6R4 IC6R3 IC6R2 IC6R1 IC6R0 IC5R5 IC5R4 IC5R3 IC5R2 IC5R1 IC5R0 3F3F
RPINR10 0694 IC8R5 IC8R4 IC8R3 IC8R2 IC8R1 IC8R0 IC7R5 IC7R4 IC7R3 IC7R2 IC7R1 IC7R0 3F3F
RPINR11 0696 OCFBR5 OCFBR4 OCFBR3 OCFBR2 OCFBR1 OCFBR0 OCFAR5 OCFAR4 OCFAR3 OCFAR2 OCFAR1 OCFAR0 3F3F
RPINR15 069E IC9R5 IC9R4 IC9R3 IC9R2 IC9R1 IC9R0 3F00
RPINR17 06A2 U3RXR5 U3RXR4 U3RXR3 U3RXR2 U3RXR1 U3RXR0 3F00
RPINR18 06A4 U1CTSR5 U1CTSR4 U1CTSR3 U1CTSR2 U1CTSR1 U1CTSR0 U1RXR5 U1RXR4 U1RXR3 U1RXR2 U1RXR1 U1RXR0 3F3F
RPINR19 06A6 U2CTSR5 U2CTSR4 U2CTSR3 U2CTSR2 U2CTSR1 U2CTSR0 U2RXR5 U2RXR4 U2RXR3 U2RXR2 U2RXR1 U2RXR0 3F3F
RPINR20 06A8 SCK1R5 SCK1R4 SCK1R3 SCK1R2 SCK1R1 SCK1R0 SDI1R5 SDI1R4 SDI1R3 SDI1R2 SDI1R1 SDI1R0 3F3F
RPINR21 06AA U3CTSR5 U3CTSR4 U3CTSR3 U3CTSR2 U3CTSR1 U3CTSR0 SS1R5 SS1R4 SS1R3 SS1R2 SS1R1 SS1R0 3F3F
RPINR22 06AC SCK2R5 SCK2R4 SCK2R3 SCK2R2 SCK2R1 SCK2R0 SDI2R5 SDI2R4 SDI2R3 SDI2R2 SDI2R1 SDI2R0 3F3F
RPINR23 06AE SS2R5 SS2R4 SS2R3 SS2R2 SS2R1 SS2R0 003F
RPINR27 06B6 U4CTSR5 U4CTSR4 U4CTSR3 U4CTSR2 U4CTSR1 U4CTSR0 U4RXR5 U4RXR4 U4RXR3 U4RXR2 U4RXR1 U4RXR0 3F3F
RPINR28 06B8 SCK3R5 SCK3R4 SCK3R3 SCK3R2 SCK3R1 SCK3R0 SDI3R5 SDI3R4 SDI3R3 SDI3R2 SDI3R1 SDI3R0 3F3F
RPINR29 06BA SS3R5 SS3R4 SS3R3 SS3R2 SS3R1 SS3R0 003F
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
8
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
RPOR0 06C0 RP1R5 RP1R4 RP1R3 RP1R2 RP1R1 RP1R0 RP0R5 RP0R4 RP0R3 RP0R2 RP0R1 RP0R0 0000
RPOR1 06C2 RP3R5 RP3R4 RP3R3 RP3R2 RP3R1 RP3R0 RP2R5 RP2R4 RP2R3 RP2R2 RP2R1 RP2R0 0000
RPOR2 06C4 RP5R5
(1)
RP5R4
(1)
RP5R3
(1)
RP5R2
(1)
RP5R1
(1)
RP5R0
(1)
RP4R5 RP4R4 RP4R3 RP4R2 RP4R1 RP4R0 0000
RPOR3 06C6 RP7R5 RP7R4 RP7R3 RP7R2 RP7R1 RP7R0 RP6R5 RP6R4 RP6R3 RP6R2 RP6R1 RP6R0 0000
RPOR4 06C8 RP9R5 RP9R4 RP9R3 RP9R2 RP9R1 RP9R0 RP8R5 RP8R4 RP8R3 RP8R2 RP8R1 RP8R0 0000
RPOR5 06CA RP11R5 RP11R4 RP11R3 RP11R2 RP11R1 RP11R0 RP10R5 RP10R4 RP10R3 RP10R2 RP10R1 RP10R0 0000
RPOR6 06CC RP13R5 RP13R4 RP13R3 RP13R2 RP13R1 RP13R0 RP12R5 RP12R4 RP12R3 RP12R2 RP12R1 RP12R0 0000
RPOR7 06CE RP15R5
(1)
RP15R4
(1)
RP15R3
(1)
RP15R2
(1)
RP15R1
(1)
RP15R0
(1)
RP14R5 RP14R4 RP14R3 RP14R2 RP14R1 RP14R0 0000
RPOR8 06D0 RP17R5 RP17R4 RP17R3 RP17R2 RP17R1 RP17R0 RP16R5 RP16R4 RP16R3 RP16R2 RP16R1 RP16R0 0000
RPOR9 06D2 RP19R5 RP19R4 RP19R3 RP19R2 RP19R1 RP19R0 RP18R5 RP18R4 RP18R3 RP18R2 RP18R1 RP18R0 0000
RPOR10 06D4 RP21R5 RP21R4 RP21R3 RP21R2 RP21R1 RP21R0 RP20R5 RP20R4 RP20R3 RP20R2 RP20R1 RP20R0 0000
RPOR11 06D6 RP23R5 RP23R4 RP23R3 RP23R2 RP23R1 RP23R0 RP22R5 RP22R4 RP22R3 RP22R2 RP22R1 RP22R0 0000
RPOR12 06D8 RP25R5 RP25R4 RP25R3 RP25R2 RP25R1 RP25R0 RP24R5 RP24R4 RP24R3 RP24R2 RP24R1 RP24R0 0000
RPOR13 06DA RP27R5 RP27R4 RP27R3 RP27R2 RP27R1 RP27R0 RP26R5 RP26R4 RP26R3 RP26R2 RP26R1 RP26R0 0000
RPOR14 06DC RP29R5 RP29R4 RP29R3 RP29R2 RP29R1 RP29R0 RP28R5 RP28R4 RP28R3 RP28R2 RP28R1 RP28R0 0000
RPOR15
(1)
06DE RP31R5
(1)
RP31R4
(1)
RP31R3
(1)
RP31R2
(1)
RP31R1
(1)
RP31R0
(1)
RP30R5
(1)
RP30R4
(1)
RP30R3
(1)
RP30R2
(1)
RP30R1
(1)
RP30R0
(1)
0000
TABLE 4-30: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Bits are unimplemented in 64-pin devices; read as 0.
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
6
9
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
TABLE 4-31: GRAPHICS REGISTER MAP
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
G1CMDL 0700 Graphics Command Register<15:0> 0000
G1CMDH 0702 Graphics Command Register<31:16> 0000
G1CON1 0704 G1EN G1SIDL GCMDWMK4 GCMDWMK3 GCMDWMK2 GCMDWMK1 GCMDWMK0 PUBPP2 PUBPP1 PUBPP0 GCMDCNT4 GCMDCNT3 GCMDCNT2 GCMDCNT1 GCMDCNT0 0000
G1STAT 0706 PUBUSY IPUBUSY RCCBUSY CHRBUSY VMRGN HMRGN CMDLV CMDFUL CMDMPT 0000
G1IE 0708 PUIE IPUIE RCCIE CHRIE VMRGNIE HMRGNIE CMDLVIE CMDFULIE CMDMPTIE 0000
G1IR 070A PUIF IPUIF RCCIF CHRIF VMRGNIF HMRGNIF CMDLVIF CMDFULIF CMDMPTIF 0000
G1W1ADRL 070C GPU Work Area 1 Start Address Register<15:0> 0000
G1W1ADRH 070E GPU Work Area 1 Start Address Register<23:16> 0000
G1W2ADRL 0710 GPU Work Area 2 Start Address Register<15:0> 0000
G1W2ADRH 0712 GPU Work Area 2 Start Address Register<23:16> 0000
G1PUW 0714 GPU Work Area Width Register 0000
G1PUH 0716 GPU Work Area Height Register 0000
G1DPADRL 0718 Display Buffer Start Address Register<15:0> 0000
G1DPADRH 071A Display Buffer Start Address Register<23:16> 0000
G1DPW 071C Display Frame Width Register 0000
G1DPH 071E Display Frame Height Register 0000
G1DPWT 0720 Display Total Width Register 0000
G1DPHT 0722 Display Total Height Register 0000
G1CON2 0724 DPGWDTH1 DPGWDTH0 DPSTGER1 DPSTGER0 DPTEST1 DPTEST0 DPBPP2 DPBPP1 DPBPP0 DPMODE2 DPMODE1 DPMODE0 0000
G1CON3 0726 DPPINOE DPPOWER DPCLKPOL DPENPOL DPVSPOL DPHSPOL DPPWROE DPENOE DPVSOE DPHSOE 0000
G1ACTDA 0728 Number of Lines Before the First Active Line Register Number of Pixels Before the First Active PIxel Register 0000
G1HSYNC 072A HSYNC Pulse-Width Configuration Register HSYNC Start Delay Configuration Register 0000
G1VSYNC 072C VSYNC Pulse-Width Configuration Register VSYNC Start Delay Configuration Register 0000
G1DBLCON 072E Vertical Blanking Start to First Displayed Line Configuration Regsiter Horizontal Blanking Start to First Displayed Line Configuration Regsiter 0000
G1CLUT 0730 CLUTEN CLUTBUSY CLUTTRD CLUTRWEN Color Look-Up Table Memory Address Register 0000
G1CLUTWR 0732 Color Look-up Table Memory Write Data Register 0000
G1CLUTRD 0734 Color Look-up Table Memory Read Data Register 0000
G1MRGN 0736 Vertical Blanking Advance Register Horizontal Blanking Advance Register 0000
G1CHRX 0738
Current Character X-Coordinate Position Register 0000
G1CHRY 073A
Current Character Y-Coordinate Position Register 0000
G1IPU 073C
HUFFERR BLCKERR LENERR WRAPERR IPUDONE BFINAL 0000
G1DBEN 073E GDBEN15 GDBEN14 GDBEN13 GDBEN12 GDBEN11 GDBEN10 GDBEN9 GDBEN8 GDBEN7 GDBEN6 GDBEN5 GDBEN4 GDBEN3 GDBEN2 GDBEN1 GDBEN0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
P
I
C
2
4
F
J
2
5
6
D
A
2
1
0
F
A
M
I
L
Y
D
S
3
9
9
6
9
B
-
p
a
g
e
7
0
2
0
1
0
M
i
c
r
o
c
h
i
p
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
I
n
c
.
TABLE 4-32: SYSTEM REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
RCON 0740 TRAPR IOPUWR CM VREGS EXTR SWR SWDTEN WDTO SLEEP IDLE BOR POR Note 1
OSCCON 0742 COSC2 COSC1 COSC0 NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 CLKLOCK IOLOCK LOCK CF POSCEN SOSCEN OSWEN Note 2
CLKDIV 0744 ROI DOZE2 DOZE1 DOZE0 DOZEN RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0 CPDIV1 CPDIV0 PLLEN G1CLKSEL 0100
CLKDIV2 0746 GCLKDIV6 GCLKDIV5 GCLKDIV4 GCLKDIV3 GCLKDIV2 GCLKDIV1 GCLKDIV0 0000
OSCTUN 0748 TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 0000
REFOCON 074E ROEN ROSSLP ROSEL RODIV3 RODIV2 RODIV1 RODIV0 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: The Reset value of the RCON register is dependent on the type of Reset event. See Section 6.0 Resets for more information.
2: The Reset value of the OSCCON register is dependent on both the type of Reset event and the device configuration. See Section 8.0 Oscillator Configuration for more information.
TABLE 4-33: NVM REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
NVMCON 0760 WR WREN WRERR ERASE NVMOP3 NVMOP2 NVMOP1 NVMOP0 0000
(1)
NVMKEY 0766 NVMKEY Register<7:0> 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Reset value shown is for POR only. Value on other Reset states is dependent on the state of memory write or erase operations at the time of Reset.
TABLE 4-34: PMD REGISTER MAP
File
Name
Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
All
Resets
PMD1 0770 T5MD T4MD T3MD T2MD T1MD I2C1MD U2MD U1MD SPI2MD SPI1MD ADC1MD 0000
PMD2 0772 IC8MD IC7MD IC6MD IC5MD IC4MD IC3MD IC2MD IC1MD OC8MD OC7MD OC6MD OC5MD OC4MD OC3MD OC2MD OC1MD 0000
PMD3 0774 CMPMD RTCCMD PMPMD
(1)
CRCMD U3MD I2C3MD I2C2MD 0000
PMD4 0776 UPWMMD U4MD REFOMD CTMUMD LVDMD USB1MD 0000
PMD5 0778 IC9MD OC9MD 0000
PMD6 077A GFX1MD SPI3MD 0000
Legend: = unimplemented, read as 0. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 71
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
4.2.5 EXTENDED DATA SPACE (EDS)
The enhancement of the data space in
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices has been
accomplished by a new technique, called the Extended
Data Space (EDS).
The EDS includes any additional internal extended
data memory not accessible by the lower 32 Kbytes
data address space, any external memory through
EPMP and the Program Space Visibility (PSV).
The extended data space is always accessed through
the EDS window, the upper half of data space. The
entire extended data space is organized into EDS
pages, each having 32 Kbytes of data. Mapping of the
EDS page into the EDS window is done using the Data
Space Read register (DSRPAG<9:0>) for read opera-
tions and Data Space Write register (DSWPAG<8:0>)
for write operations. Figure 4-4 displays the entire EDS
space.
FIGURE 4-4: EXTENDED DATA SPACE
Note: Accessing Page 0 in the EDS window will
generate an address error trap as Page 0
is the base data memory (data locations,
0x0800 to 0x7FFF, in the lower data
space).
0x0000
Extended SRAM
(1)
(66 KB)
Special
Registers
30 KB Data
32 KB EDS
Window
Memory
0x8000
Program Memory
DSxPAG
= 0x001
DSxPAG
= 0x003
DSx PAG
= 0x1FF
DSRPAG
= 0x200
DSRPAG
= 0x3FF
Function
0x008000
0x00FFFE
0x000000 0x7F8001
0xFFFFFE 0x007FFE 0x7FFFFF
Internal
Program
Space
0x0800
0xFFFE
EDS Space
EPMP Memory Space
(2)
0x018000
0x0187FE
Extended
Memory
(1)
Internal
Extended
Memory
(1)
External
Memory
Access
using
EPMP
(2)
External
Memory
Access
using
EPMP
(2)
0xFF8000
DSRPAG
= 0x2FF
0x7F8000
0x7FFFFE
Access
Program
Space
Access
Program
Space
Access
DSRPAG
= 0x300
0x000001
0x007FFF
Program
Space
Access
0x01FFFE
0x018800
Note 1: Available only in PIC24FJXXXDA2XX devices. In the PIC24FJXXXDA110 devices, this space can be used to access external
memory using EPMP.
2: Available only in PIC24FJXXXDAX10 devices (100-pin).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 72 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.5.1 Data Read from EDS Space
In order to read the data from the EDS space, first, an
Address Pointer is set up by loading the required EDS
page number into the DSRPAG register and assigning
the offset address to one of the W registers. Once the
above assignment is done, the EDS window is enabled
by setting bit 15 of the working register, assigned with
the offset address; then, the contents of the pointed
EDS location can be read.
Figure 4-5 illustrates how the EDS space address is
generated for read operations.
FIGURE 4-5: EDS ADDRESS GENERATION FOR READ OPERATIONS
When the Most Significant bit (MSBs) of EA is 1 and
DSRPAG<9> = 0, the lower 9 bits of DSRPAG are con-
catenated to the lower 15 bits of EA to form a 24-bit
EDS space address for read operations.
Example 4-1 shows how to read a byte, word and
double-word from EDS.
EXAMPLE 4-1: EDS READ CODE IN ASSEMBLY
DSRPAG Reg
Select
Wn
9 8
15 Bits 9 Bits
24-Bit EA
Wn<0> is Byte Select
0 = Extended SRAM and EPMP
1
0
Note: All read operations from EDS space have
an overhead of one instruction cycle.
Therefore, a minimum of two instruction
cycles is required to complete an EDS
read. EDS reads under the REPEAT
instruction; the first two accesses take
three cycles and the subsequent
accesses take one cycle.
; Set the EDS page from where the data to be read
mov #0x0002 , w0
mov w0 , DSRPAG ;page 2 is selected for read
mov #0x0800 , w1 ;select the location (0x800) to be read
bset w1 , #15 ;set the MSB of the base address, enable EDS mode
;Read a byte from the selected location
mov.b [w1++] , w2 ;read Low byte
mov.b [w1++] , w3 ;read High byte
;Read a word from the selected location
mov [w1] , w2 ;
;Read Double - word from the selected location
mov.d [w1] , w2 ;two word read, stored in w2 and w3
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 73
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
4.2.5.2 Data Write into EDS Space
In order to write data to EDS space, such as in EDS
reads, an Address Pointer is set up by loading the
required EDS page number into the DSWPAG register,
and assigning the offset address to one of the W regis-
ters. Once the above assignment is done, then the
EDS window is enabled by setting bit 15 of the working
register, assigned with the offset address, and the
accessed location can be written.
Figure 4-2 illustrates how the EDS space address is
generated for write operations.
FIGURE 4-6: EDS ADDRESS GENERATION FOR WRITE OPERATIONS
When the MSBs of EA is 1, the lower 9 bits of
DSWPAG are concatenated to the lower 15 bits of EA
to form a 24-bit EDS address for write operations.
Example 4-2 shows how to write a byte, word and dou-
ble-word to EDS.
EXAMPLE 4-2: EDS WRITE CODE IN ASSEMBLY
DSWPAG Reg
Select
Wn
8
15 Bits 9 Bits
24-Bit EA
Wn<0> is Byte Select
1
0
; Set the EDS page where the data to be written
mov #0x0002 , w0
mov w0 , DSWPAG ;page 2 is selected for write
mov #0x0800 , w1 ;select the location (0x800) to be written
bset w1 , #15 ;set the MSB of the base address, enable EDS mode
;Write a byte to the selected location
mov #0x00A5 , w2
mov #0x003C , w3
mov.b w2 , [w1++] ;write Low byte
mov.b w3 , [w1++] ;write High byte
;Write a word to the selected location
mov #0x1234 , w2 ;
mov w2 , [w1] ;
;Write a Double - word to the selected location
mov #0x1122 , w2
mov #0x4455 , w3
mov.d w2 , [w1] ;2 EDS writes
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 74 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
The page registers (DSRPAG/DSWPAG) do not
update automatically while crossing a page boundary,
when the rollover happens from 0xFFFF to 0x8000.
While developing code in assembly, care must be taken
to update the page registers when an Address Pointer
crosses the page boundary. The C compiler keeps
track of the addressing, and increments or decrements
the page registers accordingly while accessing
contiguous data memory locations.
TABLE 4-35: EDS MEMORY ADDRESS WITH DIFFERENT PAGES AND ADDRESSES
Note 1: All write operations to EDS are executed
in a single cycle.
2: Use of Read/Modify/Write operation on
any EDS location under a REPEAT
instruction is not supported. For example,
BCLR, BSW, BTG, RLC f, RLNC f,
RRC f, RRNC f, ADD f, SUB f,
SUBR f, AND f, IOR f, XOR f,
ASR f, ASL f.
3: Use the DSRPAG register while
performing Read/Modify/Write operation.
DSRPAG
(Data Space Read Register)
DSWPAG
(Data Space Write
Register)
Source/Destination
Address while
Indirect Addressing
24-Bit EA
Pointing to
EDS
Comment
x
(1)
x
(1)
0x0000 to 0x1FFF 0x000000 to
0x001FFF
Near data
space
(2)
0x2000 to 0x7FFF 0x002000 to
0x007FFF
0x001 0x001
0x8000 to 0xFFFF
0x008000 to
0x00FFFE
32 Kbytes on
each page
0x002 0x002 0x010000 to
0x017FFE
0x003 0x003 0x018000 to
0x0187FE
Only 2 Kbytes
of extended
SRAM on this
page
0x004 0x004 0x018800 to
0x027FFE
EPMP
memory
space
(4)
; 63rd_program_word
MOV #LOW_WORD_63, W2 ;
MOV #HIGH_BYTE_63, W3 ;
TBLWTL W2,
[W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch
TBLWTH W3,
[W0] ; Write PM high byte into program latch
DISI #5 ; Block all interrupts with priority <7
; for next 5 instructions
MOV.B #0x55, W0
MOV W0, NVMKEY ; Write the 0x55 key
MOV.B #0xAA, W1 ;
MOV W1, NVMKEY ; Write the 0xAA key
BSET NVMCON, #WR ; Start the programming sequence
NOP ; Required delays
NOP
BTSC NVMCON, #15 ; and wait for it to be
BRA $-2 ; completed
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 86 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.6.2 PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD
OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
If a Flash location has been erased, it can be pro-
grammed using table write instructions to write an
instruction word (24-bit) into the write latch. The
TBLPAG register is loaded with the 8 Most Significant
Bytes (MSB) of the Flash address. The TBLWTL and
TBLWTH instructions write the desired data into the
write latches and specify the lower 16 bits of the pro-
gram memory address to write to. To configure the
NVMCON register for a word write, set the NVMOP bits
(NVMCON<3:0>) to 0011. The write is performed by
executing the unlock sequence and setting the WR bit
(see Example 5-5). An equivalent procedure in C
compiler, using the MPLAB C30 compiler and built-in
hardware functions is shown in Example 5-6.
EXAMPLE 5-5: PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
EXAMPLE 5-6: PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
(C LANGUAGE CODE)
; Setup a pointer to data Program Memory
MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 ;
MOV W0, TBLPAG ;Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 ;Initialize a register with program memory address
MOV #LOW_WORD_N, W2 ;
MOV #HIGH_BYTE_N, W3 ;
TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch
TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch
; Setup NVMCON for programming one word to data Program Memory
MOV #0x4003, W0 ;
MOV W0, NVMCON ; Set NVMOP bits to 0011
DISI #5 ; Disable interrupts while the KEY sequence is written
MOV.B #0x55, W0 ; Write the key sequence
MOV W0, NVMKEY
MOV.B #0xAA, W0
MOV W0, NVMKEY
BSET NVMCON, #WR ; Start the write cycle
NOP ; Required delays
NOP
// C example using MPLAB C30
unsigned int offset;
unsigned long progAddr = 0xXXXXXX; // Address of word to program
unsigned int progDataL = 0xXXXX; // Data to program lower word
unsigned char progDataH = 0xXX; // Data to program upper byte
//Set up NVMCON for word programming
NVMCON = 0x4003; // Initialize NVMCON
//Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written
TBLPAG = progAddr>>16; // Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
offset = progAddr & 0xFFFF; // Initialize lower word of address
//Perform TBLWT instructions to write latches
__builtin_tblwtl(offset, progDataL); // Write to address low word
__builtin_tblwth(offset, progDataH); // Write to upper byte
asm(DISI #5); // Block interrupts with priority <7
// for next 5 instructions
__builtin_write_NVM(); // C30 function to perform unlock
// sequence and set WR
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 87
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
6.0 RESETS
The Reset module combines all Reset sources and
controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The
following is a list of device Reset sources:
POR: Power-on Reset
MCLR: Pin Reset
SWR: RESET Instruction
WDT: Watchdog Timer Reset
BOR: Brown-out Reset
CM: Configuration Mismatch Reset
TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset
IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode Reset
UWR: Uninitialized W Register Reset
A simplified block diagram of the Reset module is
shown in Figure 6-1.
Any active source of Reset will make the SYSRST
signal active. Many registers associated with the CPU
and peripherals are forced to a known Reset state.
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset; their status is
unknown on POR and unchanged by all other Resets.
All types of device Reset will set a corresponding status
bit in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset
(see Register 6-1). A POR will clear all bits, except for
the BOR and POR (RCON<1:0>) bits, which are set.
The user may set or clear any bit at any time during
code execution. The RCON bits only serve as status
bits. Setting a particular Reset status bit in software will
not cause a device Reset to occur.
The RCON register also has other bits associated with
the Watchdog Timer and device power-saving states.
The function of these bits is discussed in other sections
of this data sheet.
FIGURE 6-1: RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 7. Reset (DS39712). The infor-
mation in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
Note: Refer to the specific peripheral or CPU
section of this manual for register Reset
states.
Note: The status bits in the RCON register
should be cleared after they are read so
that the next RCON register value after a
device Reset will be meaningful.
MCLR
VDD
VDD Rise
Detect
POR
Sleep or Idle
Brown-out
Reset
Enable Voltage Regulator
RESET
Instruction
WDT
Module
Glitch Filter
BOR
Trap Conflict
Illegal Opcode
Uninitialized W Register
SYSRST
Configuration Mismatch
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 88 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 6-1: RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
(1)
R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0, HS R/W-0
TRAPR IOPUWR CM VREGS
(3)
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-1, HS R/W-1, HS
EXTR SWR SWDTEN
(2)
WDTO SLEEP IDLE BOR POR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit
1 = A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred
0 = A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred
bit 14 IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit
1 = An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register is used as an
Address Pointer and caused a Reset
0 = An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred
bit 13-10 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 9 CM: Configuration Word Mismatch Reset Flag bit
1 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has occurred
0 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has not occurred
bit 8 VREGS: Voltage Regulator Standby Enable bit
(3)
1 = Program memory and regulator remain active during Sleep/Idle
0 = Program memory power is removed and regulator goes to standby during Seep/Idle
bit 7 EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit
1 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred
0 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred
bit 6 SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit
1 = A RESET instruction has been executed
0 = A RESET instruction has not been executed
bit 5 SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit
(2)
1 = WDT is enabled
0 = WDT is disabled
bit 4 WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit
1 = WDT time-out has occurred
0 = WDT time-out has not occurred
bit 3 SLEEP: Wake From Sleep Flag bit
1 = Device has been in Sleep mode
0 = Device has not been in Sleep mode
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is 1 (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.
3: Re-enabling the regulator after it enters Standby mode will add a delay, TVREG, when waking up from
Sleep. Applications that do not use the voltage regulator should set this bit to prevent this delay from
occurring.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 89
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 6-1: RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION
bit 2 IDLE: Wake-up From Idle Flag bit
1 = Device has been in Idle mode
0 = Device has not been in Idle mode
bit 1 BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has occurred
Note that BOR is also set after a Power-on Reset.
0 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred
bit 0 POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred
REGISTER 6-1: RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
(1)
(CONTINUED)
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is 1 (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.
3: Re-enabling the regulator after it enters Standby mode will add a delay, TVREG, when waking up from
Sleep. Applications that do not use the voltage regulator should set this bit to prevent this delay from
occurring.
Flag Bit Setting Event Clearing Event
TRAPR (RCON<15>) Trap Conflict Event POR
IOPUWR (RCON<14>) Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Register Access POR
CM (RCON<9>) Configuration Mismatch Reset POR
EXTR (RCON<7>) MCLR Reset POR
SWR (RCON<6>) RESET Instruction POR
WDTO (RCON<4>) WDT Time-out CLRWDT, PWRSAV
Instruction, POR
SLEEP (RCON<3>) PWRSAV #0 Instruction POR
IDLE (RCON<2>) PWRSAV #1 Instruction POR
BOR (RCON<1>) POR, BOR
POR (RCON<0>) POR
Note: All Reset flag bits may be set or cleared by the user software.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 90 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.1 Special Function Register Reset
States
Most of the Special Function Registers (SFRs) associ-
ated with the PIC24F CPU and peripherals are reset to a
particular value at a device Reset. The SFRs are
grouped by their peripheral or CPU function and their
Reset values are specified in each section of this manual.
The Reset value for each SFR does not depend on the
type of Reset, with the exception of four registers. The
Reset value for the Reset Control register, RCON, will
depend on the type of device Reset. The Reset value
for the Oscillator Control register, OSCCON, will
depend on the type of Reset and the programmed
values of the FNOSC bits in Flash Configuration
Word 2 (CW2) (see Table 6-2). The RCFGCAL and
NVMCON registers are only affected by a POR.
6.2 Device Reset Times
The Reset times for various types of device Reset are
summarized in Table 6-3. Note that the system Reset
signal, SYSRST, is released after the POR delay time
expires.
The time at which the device actually begins to execute
code will also depend on the system oscillator delays,
which include the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and
the PLL lock time. The OST and PLL lock times occur
in parallel with the applicable SYSRST delay times.
The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) delay determines
the time at which the FSCM begins to monitor the
system clock source after the SYSRST signal is
released.
6.3 Clock Source Selection at Reset
If clock switching is enabled, the system clock source
at device Reset is chosen, as shown in Table 6-2. If
clock switching is disabled, the system clock source is
always selected according to the oscillator Configura-
tion bits. Refer to the PIC24F Family Reference
Manual, Section 8.0 Oscillator Configuration for
further details.
TABLE 6-2: OSCILLATOR SELECTION vs.
TYPE OF RESET (CLOCK
SWITCHING ENABLED)
Reset Type Clock Source Determinant
POR
FNOSC Configuration bits
(CW2<10:8>)
BOR
MCLR
COSC Control bits
(OSCCON<14:12>)
WDTO
SWR
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 91
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 6-3: RESET DELAY TIMES FOR VARIOUS DEVICE RESETS
6.3.1 POR AND LONG OSCILLATOR
START-UP TIMES
The oscillator start-up circuitry and its associated delay
timers are not linked to the device Reset delays that
occur at power-up. Some crystal circuits (especially
low-frequency crystals) will have a relatively long
start-up time. Therefore, one or more of the following
conditions is possible after SYSRST is released:
The oscillator circuit has not begun to oscillate.
The Oscillator Start-up Timer has not expired (if a
crystal oscillator is used).
The PLL has not achieved a lock (if PLL is used).
The device will not begin to execute code until a valid
clock source has been released to the system. There-
fore, the oscillator and PLL start-up delays must be
considered when the Reset delay time must be known.
6.3.2 FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR
(FSCM) AND DEVICE RESETS
If the FSCM is enabled, it will begin to monitor the
system clock source when SYSRST is released. If a
valid clock source is not available at this time, the
device will automatically switch to the FRC oscillator
and the user can switch to the desired crystal oscillator
in the Trap Service Routine (TSR).
Reset Type Clock Source SYSRST Delay
System Clock
Delay
Notes
POR
(7)
EC TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST 1, 2, 3
ECPLL TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TLOCK 1, 2, 3, 5
XT, HS, SOSC TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TOST 1, 2, 3, 4
XTPLL, HSPLL TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TOST + TLOCK 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
FRC, FRCDIV TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TFRC 1, 2, 3, 6, 7
FRCPLL TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TFRC + TLOCK 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
LPRC TPOR
+ TSTARTUP + TRST TLPRC 1, 2, 3, 6
BOR EC TSTARTUP + TRST 2, 3
ECPLL TSTARTUP + TRST TLOCK 2, 3, 5
XT, HS, SOSC TSTARTUP + TRST TOST 2, 3, 4
XTPLL, HSPLL TSTARTUP + TRST TOST + TLOCK 2, 3, 4, 5
FRC, FRCDIV TSTARTUP + TRST TFRC 2, 3, 6, 7
FRCPLL TSTARTUP + TRST TFRC + TLOCK 2, 3, 5, 6
LPRC TSTARTUP + TRST TLPRC 2, 3, 6
MCLR Any Clock TRST 3
WDT Any Clock TRST 3
Software Any clock TRST 3
Illegal Opcode Any Clock TRST 3
Uninitialized W Any Clock TRST 3
Trap Conflict Any Clock TRST 3
Note 1: TPOR = Power-on Reset delay (10 s nominal).
2: TSTARTUP = TVREG (10 s nominal when VREGS = 1 and when VREGS = 0; depends upon
WUTSEL<1:0> bits setting).
3: TRST = Internal State Reset time (32 s nominal).
4: TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer. A 10-bit counter counts 1024 oscillator periods before releasing the
oscillator clock to the system.
5: TLOCK = PLL lock time.
6: TFRC and TLPRC = RC Oscillator start-up times.
7: If Two-speed Start-up is enabled, regardless of the primary oscillator selected, the device starts with FRC
so the system clock delay is just TFRC, and in such cases, FRC start-up time is valid. It switches to the
primary oscillator after its respective clock delay.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 92 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 93
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
7.0 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
The PIC24F interrupt controller reduces the numerous
peripheral interrupt request signals to a single interrupt
request signal to the PIC24F CPU. It has the following
features:
Up to 8 processor exceptions and software traps
Seven user-selectable priority levels
Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors
Unique vector for each interrupt or exception
source
Fixed priority within a specified user priority level
Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug
support
Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies
7.1 Interrupt Vector Table
The Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) is shown in Figure 7-1.
The IVT resides in program memory, starting at location
000004h. The IVT contains 126 vectors, consisting of
8 non-maskable trap vectors, plus up to 118 sources of
interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its own
vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24-bit wide
address. The value programmed into each interrupt
vector location is the starting address of the associated
Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).
Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural
priority; this is linked to their position in the vector table.
All other things being equal, lower addresses have a
higher natural priority. For example, the interrupt asso-
ciated with Vector 0 will take priority over interrupts at
any other vector address.
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices implement
non-maskable traps and unique interrupts. These are
summarized in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2.
7.1.1 ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR
TABLE
The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located
after the IVT, as shown in Figure 7-1. The ALTIVT
(INTCON2<15>) control bit provides access to the
AIVT. If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt and exception
processes will use the alternate vectors instead of the
default vectors. The alternate vectors are organized in
the same manner as the default vectors.
The AIVT supports emulation and debugging efforts by
providing a means to switch between an application
and a support environment without requiring the inter-
rupt vectors to be reprogrammed. This feature also
enables switching between applications for evaluation
of different software algorithms at run time. If the AIVT
is not needed, the AIVT should be programmed with
the same addresses used in the IVT.
7.2 Reset Sequence
A device Reset is not a true exception because the
interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process.
The PIC24F devices clear their registers in response to
a Reset, which forces the PC to zero. The micro-
controller then begins program execution at location,
000000h. The user programs a GOTO instruction at the
Reset address, which redirects program execution to
the appropriate start-up routine.
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual, Sec-
tion 8. Interrupts (DS39707). The infor-
mation in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
Note: Any unimplemented or unused vector
locations in the IVT and AIVT should be
programmed with the address of a default
interrupt handler routine that contains a
RESET instruction.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 94 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 7-1: PIC24F INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE
TABLE 7-1: TRAP VECTOR DETAILS
Note 1: See Table 7-2 for the interrupt vector list.
Reset GOTO Instruction 000000h
Reset GOTO Address 000002h
Reserved 000004h
Oscillator Fail Trap Vector
Address Error Trap Vector
Stack Error Trap Vector
Math Error Trap Vector
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt Vector 0 000014h
Interrupt Vector 1
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at all Resets 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9 GCLKDIV<6:0>: Display Module Interface Clock Divider Selection bits
(1)
(Values are based on a 96 MHz clock source set by G1CLKSEL (CLKDIV<4>) = 1. When the 48 MHz
clock source is selected, G1CLKSEL (CLKDIV<4>) = 0; all values are divided by 2.)
(1)
1111111 = (127) 1.50 MHz (divide by 64)
1111110 = (126) 1.52 MHz (divide by 63)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 TON: Timerx On bit
When TxCON<3> = 1:
1 = Starts 32-bit Timerx/y
0 = Stops 32-bit Timerx/y
When TxCON<3> = 0:
1 = Starts 16-bit Timerx
0 = Stops 16-bit Timerx
bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 6 TGATE: Timerx Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1 = Gated time accumulation enabled
0 = Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:256
10 = 1:64
01 = 1:8
00 = 1:1
bit 3 T32: 32-Bit Timer Mode Select bit
(1)
1 = Timerx and Timery form a single 32-bit timer
0 = Timerx and Timery act as two 16-bit timers
In 32-bit mode, T3CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation.
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 1 TCS: Timerx Clock Source Select bit
(2)
1 = External clock from pin, TxCK (on the rising edge)
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2)
bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as 0
Note 1: In T4CON, the T45 bit is implemented instead of T32 to select 32-bit mode. In 32-bit mode, the T3CON or
T5CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation.
2: If TCS = 1, RPINRx (TxCK) must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. For more information, see
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
3: Changing the value of TxCON while the timer is running (TON = 1) causes the timer prescale counter to
reset and is not recommended.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 195
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
REGISTER 12-2: TyCON: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 CONTROL REGISTER
(3)
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TON
(1)
TSIDL
(1)
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0
TGATE
(1)
TCKPS1
(1)
TCKPS0
(1)
TCS
(1,2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 TON: Timery On bit
(1)
1 = Starts 16-bit Timery
0 = Stops 16-bit Timery
bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
(1)
1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 6 TGATE: Timery Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
(1)
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1 = Gated time accumulation enabled
0 = Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timery Input Clock Prescale Select bits
(1)
11 = 1:256
10 = 1:64
01 = 1:8
00 = 1:1
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 1 TCS: Timery Clock Source Select bit
(1,2)
1 = External clock from pin, TyCK (on the rising edge)
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2)
bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as 0
Note 1: When 32-bit operation is enabled (T2CON<3> or T4CON<3> = 1), these bits have no effect on Timery
operation; all timer functions are set through T2CON and T4CON.
2: If TCS = 1, RPINRx (TxCK) must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. See Section 10.4 Peripheral
Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
3: Changing the value of TyCON while the timer is running (TON = 1) causes the timer prescale counter to
reset and is not recommended.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 196 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 197
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
13.0 INPUT CAPTURE WITH
DEDICATED TIMERS
Devices in the PIC24FJ256DA210 family comprise
nine independent input capture modules. Each of the
modules offers a wide range of configuration and
operating options for capturing external pulse events
and generating interrupts.
Key features of the input capture module include:
Hardware configurable for 32-bit operation in all
modes by cascading two adjacent modules
Synchronous and Trigger modes of output
compare operation, with up to 30 user-selectable
sync/trigger sources available
A 4-level FIFO buffer for capturing and holding
timer values for several events
Configurable interrupt generation
Up to 6 clock sources available for each module,
driving a separate internal 16-bit counter
The module is controlled through two registers:
ICxCON1 (Register 13-1) and ICxCON2 (Register 13-2).
A general block diagram of the module is shown in
Figure 13-1.
13.1 General Operating Modes
13.1.1 SYNCHRONOUS AND TRIGGER
MODES
When the input capture module operates in a
free-running mode, the internal 16-bit counter,
ICxTMR, counts up continuously, wrapping around
from FFFFh to 0000h on each overflow, with its period
synchronized to the selected external clock source.
When a capture event occurs, the current 16-bit value
of the internal counter is written to the FIFO buffer.
In Synchronous mode, the module begins capturing
events on the ICx pin as soon as its selected clock
source is enabled. Whenever an event occurs on the
selected sync source, the internal counter is reset. In
Trigger mode, the module waits for a Sync event from
another internal module to occur before allowing the
internal counter to run.
Standard, free-running operation is selected by setting
the SYNCSEL bits (ICxCON2<4:0>) to 00000 and
clearing the ICTRIG bit (ICxCON2<7>). Synchronous
and Trigger modes are selected any time the
SYNCSEL bits are set to any value except 00000.
The ICTRIG bit selects either Synchronous or Trigger
mode; setting the bit selects Trigger mode operation. In
both modes, the SYNCSEL bits determine the
sync/trigger source.
When the SYNCSEL bits are set to 00000 and
ICTRIG is set, the module operates in Software Trigger
mode. In this case, capture operations are started by
manually setting the TRIGSTAT bit (ICxCON2<6>).
FIGURE 13-1: INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 34. Input Capture with
Dedicated Timer (DS39722). The infor-
mation in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
Note 1: The ICx inputs must be assigned to an available RPn/RPIn pin before use. See Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) for more information.
ICXBUF
4-Level FIFO Buffer
ICX Pin
(1)
ICM<2:0>
Set ICXIF Edge Detect Logic
ICI1<:0>
ICOV, ICBNE
Interrupt
Logic
System Bus
Prescaler
Counter
1:1/4/16
and
Clock Synchronizer
Event and
Clock
Select
IC Clock
Sources
Sync and
ICTSEL<2:0>
SYNCSEL<4:0>
Trigger
16
16
16
ICXTMR
Increment
Reset
Sync and
Trigger
Logic
Trigger Sources
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 198 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
13.1.2 CASCADED (32-BIT) MODE
By default, each module operates independently with
its own 16-bit timer. To increase resolution, adjacent
even and odd modules can be configured to function as
a single 32-bit module. (For example, Modules 1 and 2
are paired, as are Modules 3 and 4, and so on.) The
odd numbered module (ICx) provides the Least Signif-
icant 16 bits of the 32-bit register pairs and the even
module (ICy) provides the Most Significant 16 bits.
Wrap-arounds of the ICx registers cause an increment
of their corresponding ICy registers.
Cascaded operation is configured in hardware by
setting the IC32 bits (ICxCON2<8>) for both modules.
13.2 Capture Operations
The input capture module can be configured to capture
timer values and generate interrupts on rising edges on
ICx or all transitions on ICx. Captures can be config-
ured to occur on all rising edges or just some (every 4
th
or 16
th
). Interrupts can be independently configured to
generate on each event or a subset of events.
To set up the module for capture operations:
1. Configure the ICx input for one of the available
Peripheral Pin Select pins.
2. If Synchronous mode is to be used, disable the
sync source before proceeding.
3. Make sure that any previous data has been
removed from the FIFO by reading ICxBUF until
the ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) is cleared.
4. Set the SYNCSEL bits (ICxCON2<4:0>) to the
desired sync/trigger source.
5. Set the ICTSEL bits (ICxCON1<12:10>) for the
desired clock source.
6. Set the ICI bits (ICxCON1<6:5>) to the desired
interrupt frequency
7. Select Synchronous or Trigger mode operation:
a) Check that the SYNCSEL bits are not set to
00000.
b) For Synchronous mode, clear the ICTRIG
bit (ICxCON2<7>).
c) For Trigger mode, set ICTRIG, and clear the
TRIGSTAT bit (ICxCON2<6>).
8. Set the ICM bits (ICxCON1<2:0>) to the desired
operational mode.
9. Enable the selected sync/trigger source.
For 32-bit cascaded operations, the setup procedure is
slightly different:
1. Set the IC32 bits for both modules
(ICyCON2<8>) and (ICxCON2<8>), enabling
the even numbered module first. This ensures
the modules will start functioning in unison.
2. Set the ICTSEL and SYNCSEL bits for both
modules to select the same sync/trigger and
time base source. Set the even module first,
then the odd module. Both modules must use
the same ICTSEL and SYNCSEL settings.
3. Clear the ICTRIG bit of the even module
(ICyCON2<7>). This forces the module to run in
Synchronous mode with the odd module,
regardless of its trigger setting.
4. Use the odd modules ICI bits (ICxCON1<6:5>)
to set the desired interrupt frequency.
5. Use the ICTRIG bit of the odd module
(ICxCON2<7>) to configure Trigger or
Synchronous mode operation.
6. Use the ICM bits of the odd module
(ICxCON1<2:0>) to set the desired capture
mode.
The module is ready to capture events when the time
base and the sync/trigger source are enabled. When
the ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) becomes set, at least
one capture value is available in the FIFO. Read input
capture values from the FIFO until the ICBNE clears to
0.
For 32-bit operation, read both the ICxBUF and
ICyBUF for the full 32-bit timer value (ICxBUF for the
lsw, ICyBUF for the msw). At least one capture value is
available in the FIFO buffer when the odd modules
ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) becomes set. Continue to
read the buffer registers until ICBNE is cleared
(performed automatically by hardware).
Note: For Synchronous mode operation, enable
the sync source as the last step. Both
input capture modules are held in Reset
until the sync source is enabled.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 199
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
REGISTER 13-1: ICxCON1: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0
ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2
(1)
ICM1
(1)
ICM0
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 13 ICSIDL: Input Capture x Module Stop in Idle Control bit
1 = Input capture module halts in CPU Idle mode
0 = Input capture module continues to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 12-10 ICTSEL<2:0>: Input Capture Timer Select bits
111 = System clock (FOSC/2)
110 = Reserved
101 = Reserved
100 = Timer1
011 = Timer5
010 = Timer4
001 = Timer2
000 = Timer3
bit 9-7 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 6-5 ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures Per Interrupt bits
11 = Interrupt on every fourth capture event
10 = Interrupt on every third capture event
01 = Interrupt on every second capture event
00 = Interrupt on every capture event
bit 4 ICOV: Input Capture x Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only)
1 = Input capture overflow occurred
0 = No input capture overflow occurred
bit 3 ICBNE: Input Capture x Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only)
1 = Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read
0 = Input capture buffer is empty
bit 2-0 ICM<2:0>: Input Capture Mode Select bits
(1)
111 = Interrupt mode: input capture functions as an interrupt pin only when the device is in Sleep or
Idle mode (rising edge detect only, all other control bits are not applicable)
110 = Unused (module disabled)
101 = Prescaler Capture mode: capture on every 16
th
rising edge
100 = Prescaler Capture mode: capture on every 4
th
rising edge
011 = Simple Capture mode: capture on every rising edge
010 = Simple Capture mode: capture on every falling edge
001 = Edge Detect Capture mode: capture on every edge (rising and falling), ICI<1:0> bits do not
control interrupt generation for this mode
000 = Input capture module turned off
Note 1: The ICx input must also be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. For more information, see
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 200 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 13-2: ICxCON2: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0
IC32
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 HS U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-1
ICTRIG TRIGSTAT SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 8 IC32: Cascade Two IC Modules Enable bit (32-bit operation)
1 = ICx and ICy operate in cascade as a 32-bit module (this bit must be set in both modules)
0 = ICx functions independently as a 16-bit module
bit 7 ICTRIG: ICx Sync/Trigger Select bit
1 = Trigger ICx from the source designated by the SYNCSELx bits
0 = Synchronize ICx with the source designated by the SYNCSELx bits
bit 6 TRIGSTAT: Timer Trigger Status bit
1 = Timer source has been triggered and is running (set in hardware, can be set in software)
0 = Timer source has not been triggered and is being held clear
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 4-0 SYNCSEL<4:0>: Synchronization/Trigger Source Selection bits
11111 = Reserved
11110 = Input Capture 9
(2)
11101 = Input Capture 6
(2)
11100 = CTMU
(1)
11011 = A/D
(1)
11010 = Comparator 3
(1)
11001 = Comparator 2
(1)
11000 = Comparator 1
(1)
10111 = Input Capture 4
(2)
10110 = Input Capture 3
(2)
10101 = Input Capture 2
(2)
10100 = Input Capture 1
(2)
10011 = Input Capture 8
(2)
10010 = Input Capture 7
(2)
1000x = Reserved
01111 = Timer5
01110 = Timer4
01101 = Timer3
01100 = Timer2
01011 = Timer1
01010 = Input Capture 5
(2)
01001 = Output Compare 9
.
.
.
00010 = Output Compare 2
00001 = Output Compare 1
00000 = Not synchronized to any other module
Note 1: Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources.
2: Never use an IC module as its own trigger source, by selecting this mode.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 201
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
14.0 OUTPUT COMPARE WITH
DEDICATED TIMERS
Devices in the PIC24FJ256DA210 family feature all of
the 9 independent output compare modules. Each of
these modules offers a wide range of configuration and
operating options for generating pulse trains on internal
device events, and can produce pulse-width modulated
waveforms for driving power applications.
Key features of the output compare module include:
Hardware configurable for 32-bit operation in all
modes by cascading two adjacent modules
Synchronous and Trigger modes of output
compare operation, with up to 31 user-selectable
trigger/sync sources available
Two separate period registers (a main register,
OCxR, and a secondary register, OCxRS) for
greater flexibility in generating pulses of varying
widths
Configurable for single pulse or continuous pulse
generation on an output event, or continuous
PWM waveform generation
Up to 6 clock sources available for each module,
driving a separate internal 16-bit counter
14.1 General Operating Modes
14.1.1 SYNCHRONOUS AND TRIGGER
MODES
When the output compare module operates in a
free-running mode, the internal 16-bit counter,
OCxTMR, runs counts up continuously, wrapping
around from 0xFFFF to 0x0000 on each overflow, with
its period synchronized to the selected external clock
source. Compare or PWM events are generated each
time a match between the internal counter and one of
the period registers occurs.
In Synchronous mode, the module begins performing
its compare or PWM operation as soon as its selected
clock source is enabled. Whenever an event occurs on
the selected sync source, the modules internal counter
is reset. In Trigger mode, the module waits for a sync
event from another internal module to occur before
allowing the counter to run.
Free-running mode is selected by default or any time
that the SYNCSEL bits (OCxCON2<4:0>) are set to
00000. Synchronous or Trigger modes are selected
any time the SYNCSEL bits are set to any value except
00000. The OCTRIG bit (OCxCON2<7>) selects
either Synchronous or Trigger mode; setting the bit
selects Trigger mode operation. In both modes, the
SYNCSEL bits determine the sync/trigger source.
14.1.2 CASCADED (32-BIT) MODE
By default, each module operates independently with
its own set of 16-bit timer and duty cycle registers. To
increase resolution, adjacent even and odd modules
can be configured to function as a single 32-bit module.
(For example, Modules 1 and 2 are paired, as are
Modules 3 and 4, and so on.) The odd numbered
module (OCx) provides the Least Significant 16 bits of
the 32-bit register pairs and the even module (OCy)
provides the Most Significant 16 bits. Wrap-arounds of
the OCx registers cause an increment of their
corresponding OCy registers.
Cascaded operation is configured in hardware by set-
ting the OC32 bit (OCxCON2<8>) for both modules.
For more details on cascading, refer to the PIC24F
Family Reference Manual, Section 35. Output
Compare with Dedicated Timer.
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 35. Output Compare with
Dedicated Timer (DS39723). The infor-
mation in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 202 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 14-1: OUTPUT COMPARE BLOCK DIAGRAM (16-BIT MODE)
14.2 Compare Operations
In Compare mode (Figure 14-1), the output compare
module can be configured for single-shot or continuous
pulse generation. It can also repeatedly toggle an
output pin on each timer event.
To set up the module for compare operations:
1. Configure the OCx output for one of the
available Peripheral Pin Select pins.
2. Calculate the required values for the OCxR and
(for Double Compare modes) OCxRS Duty Cycle
registers:
a) Determine the instruction clock cycle time.
Take into account the frequency of the
external clock to the timer source (if one is
used) and the timer prescaler settings.
b) Calculate time to the rising edge of the
output pulse relative to the timer start value
(0000h).
c) Calculate the time to the falling edge of the
pulse based on the desired pulse width and
the time to the rising edge of the pulse.
3. Write the rising edge value to OCxR and the
falling edge value to OCxRS.
4. Set the Timer Period register, PRy, to a value
equal to or greater than the value in OCxRS.
5. Set the OCM<2:0> bits for the appropriate
compare operation (= 0xx).
6. For Trigger mode operations, set OCTRIG to
enable Trigger mode. Set or clear TRIGMODE to
configure trigger operation and TRIGSTAT to
select a hardware or software trigger. For
Synchronous mode, clear OCTRIG.
7. Set the SYNCSEL<4:0> bits to configure the
trigger or synchronization source. If free-running
timer operation is required, set the SYNCSEL
bits to 00000 (no sync/trigger source).
8. Select the time base source with the
OCTSEL<2:0> bits. If necessary, set the TON
bits for the selected timer, which enables the
compare time base to count. Synchronous
mode operation starts as soon as the time base
is enabled; Trigger mode operation starts after a
trigger source event occurs.
OCxR and
Comparator
OCxTMR
OCxCON1
OCxCON2
OC Output and
OCx Interrupt
OCx Pin
(1)
OCxRS
Comparator
Fault Logic
Match Event
Match Event
Trigger and
Sync Logic
Clock
Select
Increment
Reset
OC Clock
Sources
Trigger and
Sync Sources
Reset
Match Event
OCFA/OCFB
(2)
OCTSELx
SYNCSELx
TRIGSTAT
TRIGMODE
OCTRIG
OCMx
OCINV
OCTRIS
FLTOUT
FLTTRIEN
FLTMD
ENFLT<2:0>
OCFLT<2:0>
Note 1: The OCx outputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. See Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) for more information.
2: The OCFA/OCFB fault inputs must be assigned to an available RPn/RPIn pin before use. See Section 10.4
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
DCB<1:0>
DCB<1:0>
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 203
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
For 32-bit cascaded operation, these steps are also
necessary:
1. Set the OC32 bits for both registers
(OCyCON2<8>) and (OCxCON2<8>). Enable
the even numbered module first to ensure the
modules will start functioning in unison.
2. Clear the OCTRIG bit of the even module
(OCyCON2), so the module will run in
Synchronous mode.
3. Configure the desired output and Fault settings
for OCy.
4. Force the output pin for OCx to the output state
by clearing the OCTRIS bit.
5. If Trigger mode operation is required, configure
the trigger options in OCx by using the OCTRIG
(OCxCON2<7>), TRIGMODE (OCxCON1<3>)
and SYNCSEL (OCxCON2<4:0>) bits.
6. Configure the desired Compare or PWM mode
of operation (OCM<2:0>) for OCy first, then for
OCx.
Depending on the output mode selected, the module
holds the OCx pin in its default state and forces a tran-
sition to the opposite state when OCxR matches the
timer. In Double Compare modes, OCx is forced back
to its default state when a match with OCxRS occurs.
The OCxIF interrupt flag is set after an OCxR match in
Single Compare modes and after each OCxRS match
in Double Compare modes.
Single-shot pulse events only occur once, but may be
repeated by simply rewriting the value of the
OCxCON1 register. Continuous pulse events continue
indefinitely until terminated.
14.3 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
Mode
In PWM mode, the output compare module can be
configured for edge-aligned or center-aligned pulse
waveform generation. All PWM operations are
double-buffered (buffer registers are internal to the
module and are not mapped into SFR space).
To configure the output compare module for PWM
operation:
1. Configure the OCx output for one of the
available Peripheral Pin Select pins.
2. Calculate the desired duty cycles and load them
into the OCxR register.
3. Calculate the desired period and load it into the
OCxRS register.
4. Select the current OCx as the synchronization
source by writing 0x1F to the SYNCSEL<4:0>
bits (OCxCON2<4:0>) and 0 to the OCTRIG bit
(OCxCON2<7>).
5. Select a clock source by writing to the
OCTSEL<2:0> bits (OCxCON<12:10>).
6. Enable interrupts, if required, for the timer and
output compare modules. The output compare
interrupt is required for PWM Fault pin utilization.
7. Select the desired PWM mode in the OCM<2:0>
bits (OCxCON1<2:0>).
8. Appropriate Fault inputs may be enabled by using
the ENFLT<2:0> bits as described in
Register 14-1.
9. If a timer is selected as a clock source, set the
selected timer prescale value. The selected
timers prescaler output is used as the clock input
for the OCx timer, and not the selected timer
output.
Note: This peripheral contains input and output
functions that may need to be configured
by the Peripheral Pin Select. See
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select
(PPS) for more information.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 204 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 14-2: OUTPUT COMPARE BLOCK DIAGRAM (DOUBLE-BUFFERED, 16-BIT PWM MODE)
14.3.1 PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to PRy, the
Timer Period register. The PWM period can be
calculated using Equation 14-1.
EQUATION 14-1: CALCULATING THE PWM PERIOD
(1)
OCxR and
Comparator
OCxTMR
OCxCON1
OCxCON2
OC Output and
OCx Interrupt
OCx Pin
(1)
OCxRS Buffer
Comparator
Fault Logic
Match
Match
Trigger and
Sync Logic
Clock
Select
Increment
Reset
OC Clock
Sources
Trigger and
Sync Sources
Reset
Match Event
OCFA/OCFB
(2)
OCTSELx
SYNCSELx
TRIGSTAT
TRIGMODE
OCTRIG
OCMx
OCINV
OCTRIS
FLTOUT
FLTTRIEN
FLTMD
ENFLT<2:0>
OCFLT<2:0>
OCxRS
Event
Event
Rollover
Rollover/Reset
Rollover/Reset
Note 1: The OCx outputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. See Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) for more information.
2: The OCFA/OCFB fault inputs must be assigned to an available RPn/RPIn pin before use. See Section 10.4
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
OCxR and
DCB<1:0>
DCB<1:0>
DCB<1:0> Buffers
Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
PWM Period = [(PRy) + 1 TCY (Timer Prescale Value)
where:
PWM Frequency = 1/[PWM Period]
Note: A PRy value of N will produce a PWM period of N + 1 time base count cycles. For example, a value of 7
written into the PRy register will yield a period consisting of 8 time base cycles.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 205
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
14.3.2 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
OCxRS and OCxR registers. The OCxRS and OCxR
registers can be written to at any time, but the duty
cycle value is not latched until a match between PRy
and TMRy occurs (i.e., the period is complete). This
provides a double buffer for the PWM duty cycle and is
essential for glitchless PWM operation.
Some important boundary parameters of the PWM duty
cycle include:
If OCxR, OCxRS, and PRy are all loaded with
0000h, the OCx pin will remain low (0% duty
cycle).
If OCxRS is greater than PRy, the pin will remain
high (100% duty cycle).
See Example 14-1 for PWM mode timing details.
Table 14-1 and Table 14-2 show example PWM
frequencies and resolutions for a device operating at
4 MIPS and 10 MIPS, respectively.
EQUATION 14-2: CALCULATION FOR MAXIMUM PWM RESOLUTION
(1)
EXAMPLE 14-1: PWM PERIOD AND DUTY CYCLE CALCULATIONS
(1)
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
Maximum PWM Resolution (bits) =
log
10
log
10
(2)
FPWM (Timer Prescale Value)
bits
FCY
( )
1. Find the Timer Period register value for a desired PWM frequency of 52.08 kHz, where FOSC = 8 MHz with PLL
(32 MHz device clock rate) and a Timer2 prescaler setting of 1:1.
TCY = 2 * TOSC = 62.5 ns
PWM Period = 1/PWM Frequency = 1/52.08 kHz = 19.2 ms
PWM Period = (PR2 + 1) TCY (Timer2 Prescale Value)
19.2 ms = PR2 + 1) 62.5 ns 1
PR2 = 306
2. Find the maximum resolution of the duty cycle that can be used with a 52.08 kHz frequency and a 32 MHz device
clock rate:
PWM Resolution = log
10
(FCY/FPWM)/log
10
2) bits
= (log
10
(16 MHz/52.08 kHz)/log
10
2) bits
= 8.3 bits
Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 14-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 4 MIPS (FCY = 4 MHz)
(1)
PWM Frequency 7.6 Hz 61 Hz 122 Hz 977 Hz 3.9 kHz 31.3 kHz 125 kHz
Timer Prescaler Ratio 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
Period Register Value FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh
Resolution (bits) 16 16 15 12 10 7 5
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
TABLE 14-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 16 MIPS (FCY = 16 MHz)
(1)
PWM Frequency 30.5 Hz 244 Hz 488 Hz 3.9 kHz 15.6 kHz 125 kHz 500 kHz
Timer Prescaler Ratio 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
Period Register Value FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh
Resolution (bits) 16 16 15 12 10 7 5
Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 206 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 14-1: OCxCON1: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
OCSIDL OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 ENFLT2
(2)
ENFLT1
(2)
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ENFLT0
(2)
OCFLT2
(2)
OCFLT1
(2)
OCFLT0
(2)
TRIGMODE OCM2
(1)
OCM1
(1)
OCM0
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 13 OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare x in Idle Mode Control bit
1 = Output Compare x halts in CPU Idle mode
0 = Output Compare x continues to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 12-10 OCTSEL<2:0>: Output Compare x Timer Select bits
111 = Peripheral clock (FCY)
110 = Reserved
101 = Reserved
100 = Timer1 clock (only synchronous clock is supported)
011 = Timer5 clock
010 = Timer4 clock
001 = Timer3 clock
000 = Timer2 clock
bit 9 ENFLT2: Fault Input 2 Enable bit
(2)
1 = Fault 2 (Comparator 1/2/3 out) is enabled
(3)
0 = Fault 2 is disabled
bit 8 ENFLT1: Fault Input 1 Enable bit
(2)
1 = Fault 1 (OCFB pin) is enabled
(4)
0 = Fault 1 is disabled
bit 7 ENFLT0: Fault Input 0 Enable bit
(2)
1 = Fault 0 (OCFA pin) is enabled
(4)
0 = Fault 0 is disabled
bit 6 OCFLT2: PWM Fault 2 (Comparator 1/2/3)
Condition Status bit
(2,3)
1 = PWM Fault 2 has occurred
0 = No PWM Fault 2 has occurred
bit 5 OCFLT1: PWM Fault 1 (OCFB pin) Condition Status bit
(2,4)
1 = PWM Fault 1 has occurred
0 = No PWM Fault 1 has occurred
bit 4 OCFLT0: PWM Fault 0 (OCFA pin)
Condition Status bit
(2,4)
1 = PWM Fault 0 has occurred
0 = No PWM Fault 0 has occurred
Note 1: The OCx output must also be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
2: The Fault input enable and Fault status bits are valid when OCM<2:0> = 111 or 110.
3: The Comparator 1 output controls the OC1-OC3 channels; Comparator 2 output controls the OC4-OC6
channels; Comparator 3 output controls the OC7-OC9 channels.
4: The OCFA/OCFB Fault input must also be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. For more information,
see Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 207
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 3 TRIGMODE: Trigger Status Mode Select bit
1 = TRIGSTAT (OCxCON2<6>) is cleared when OCxRS = OCxTMR or in software
0 = TRIGSTAT is only cleared by software
bit 2-0 OCM<2:0>: Output Compare x Mode Select bits
(1)
111 = Center-Aligned PWM mode on OCx
(2)
110 = Edge-Aligned PWM Mode on OCx
(2)
101 = Double Compare Continuous Pulse mode: Initialize the OCx pin low, the toggle OCx state
continuously on alternate matches of OCxR and OCxRS
100 = Double Compare Single-Shot mode: Initialize the OCx pin low, toggle the OCx state on matches
of OCxR and OCxRS for one cycle
011 = Single Compare Continuous Pulse mode: Compare events continuously toggle the OCx pin
010 = Single Compare Single-Shot mode: Initialize OCx pin high, compare event forces the OCx pin low
001 = Single Compare Single-Shot mode: Initialize OCx pin low, compare event forces the OCx pin high
000 = Output compare channel is disabled
REGISTER 14-1: OCxCON1: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)
Note 1: The OCx output must also be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
2: The Fault input enable and Fault status bits are valid when OCM<2:0> = 111 or 110.
3: The Comparator 1 output controls the OC1-OC3 channels; Comparator 2 output controls the OC4-OC6
channels; Comparator 3 output controls the OC7-OC9 channels.
4: The OCFA/OCFB Fault input must also be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. For more information,
see Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 208 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 14-2: OCxCON2: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCINV DCB1
(3)
DCB0
(3)
OC32
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 HS R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 FLTMD: Fault Mode Select bit
1 = Fault mode is maintained until the Fault source is removed and the corresponding OCFLT0 bit is
cleared in software
0 = Fault mode is maintained until the Fault source is removed and a new PWM period starts
bit 14 FLTOUT: Fault Out bit
1 = PWM output is driven high on a Fault
0 = PWM output is driven low on a Fault
bit 13 FLTTRIEN: Fault Output State Select bit
1 = Pin is forced to an output on a Fault condition
0 = Pin I/O condition is unaffected by a Fault
bit 12 OCINV: OCMP Invert bit
1 = OCx output is inverted
0 = OCx output is not inverted
bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 10-9 DCB<11:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
(3)
11 = Delay OCx falling edge by of the instruction cycle
10 = Delay OCx falling edge by of the instruction cycle
01 = Delay OCx falling edge by of the instruction cycle
00 = OCx falling edge occurs at the start of the instruction cycle
bit 8 OC32: Cascade Two OC Modules Enable bit (32-bit operation)
1 = Cascade module operation enabled
0 = Cascade module operation disabled
bit 7 OCTRIG: OCx Trigger/Sync Select bit
1 = Trigger OCx from the source designated by the SYNCSELx bits
0 = Synchronize OCx with the source designated by the SYNCSELx bits
bit 6 TRIGSTAT: Timer Trigger Status bit
1 = Timer source has been triggered and is running
0 = Timer source has not been triggered and is being held clear
bit 5 OCTRIS: OCx Output Pin Direction Select bit
1 = OCx pin is tri-stated
0 = Output compare peripheral x is connected to an OCx pin
Note 1: Never use an OC module as its own trigger source, either by selecting this mode or another equivalent
SYNCSEL setting.
2: Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources.
3: The DCB<1:0> bits are double-buffered in the PWM modes only (OCM<2:0> (OCxCON1<2:0>) = 111, 110).
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 209
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 4-0 SYNCSEL<4:0>: Trigger/Synchronization Source Selection bits
11111 = This OC module
(1)
11110 = Input Capture 9
(2)
11101 = Input Capture 6
(2)
11100 = CTMU
(2)
11011 = A/D
(2)
11010 = Comparator 3
(2)
11001 = Comparator 2
(2)
11000 = Comparator 1
(2)
10111 = Input Capture 4
(2)
10110 = Input Capture 3
(2)
10101 = Input Capture 2
(2)
10100 = Input Capture 1
(2)
10011 = Input Capture 8
(2)
10010 = Input Capture 7
(2)
1000x = Reserved
01111 = Timer5
01110 = Timer4
01101 = Timer3
01100 = Timer2
01011 = Timer1
01010 = Input Capture 5
(2)
01001 = Output Compare 9
(1)
01000 = Output Compare 8
(1)
00111 = Output Compare 7
(1)
00110 = Output Compare 6
(1)
00101 = Output Compare 5
(1)
00100 = Output Compare 4
(1)
00011 = Output Compare 3
(1)
00010 = Output Compare 2
(1)
00001 = Output Compare 1
(1)
00000 = Not synchronized to any other module
REGISTER 14-2: OCxCON2: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 2 (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Never use an OC module as its own trigger source, either by selecting this mode or another equivalent
SYNCSEL setting.
2: Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources.
3: The DCB<1:0> bits are double-buffered in the PWM modes only (OCM<2:0> (OCxCON1<2:0>) = 111, 110).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 210 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 211
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
15.0 SERIAL PERIPHERAL
INTERFACE (SPI)
The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a
synchronous serial interface useful for communicating
with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These
peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift
registers, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The SPI
module is compatible with the SPI and SIOP Motorola
encoder is enabled
(IREN = 1).
2: If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. See
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 237
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 7-6 URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits
11 = Interrupt is set on an RSR transfer, making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters)
10 = Interrupt is set on an RSR transfer, making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters)
0x = Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer;
receive buffer has one or more characters
bit 5 ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1)
1 = Address Detect mode is enabled
If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect.
0 = Address Detect mode is disabled
bit 4 RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only)
1 = Receiver is Idle
0 = Receiver is active
bit 3 PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only)
1 = Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)
0 = Parity error has not been detected
bit 2 FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only)
1 = Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)
0 = Framing error has not been detected
bit 1 OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (clear/read-only)
1 = Receive buffer has overflowed
0 = Receive buffer has not overflowed (clearing a previously set OERR bit (1 0 transition); will reset
the receiver buffer and the RSR to the empty state
bit 0 URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only)
1 = Receive buffer has data, at least one more character can be read
0 = Receive buffer is empty
REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Value of bit only affects the transmit properties of the module when the IrDA
encoder is enabled
(IREN = 1).
2: If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. See
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 238 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 239
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
18.0 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS WITH
ON-THE-GO SUPPORT (USB
OTG)
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices contain a full-speed
and low-speed compatible, On-The-Go (OTG) USB
Serial Interface Engine (SIE). The OTG capability
allows the device to act either as a USB peripheral
device or as a USB embedded host with limited host
capabilities. The OTG capability allows the device to
dynamically switch from device to host operation using
OTGs Host Negotiation Protocol (HNP).
For more details on OTG operation, refer to the
On-The-Go Supplement to the USB 2.0 Specification,
published by the USB-IF. For more details on USB oper-
ation, refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification,
v2.0.
The USB OTG module offers these features:
USB functionality in Device and Host modes, and
OTG capabilities for application-controlled mode
switching
Software-selectable module speeds of full speed
(12 Mbps) or low speed (1.5 Mbps, available in
Host mode only)
Support for all four USB transfer types: control,
interrupt, bulk and isochronous
16 bidirectional endpoints for a total of 32 unique
endpoints
DMA interface for data RAM access
Queues up to sixteen unique endpoint transfers
without servicing
Integrated, on-chip USB transceiver with support
for off-chip transceivers via a digital interface
Integrated VBUS generation with on-chip
comparators and boost generation, and support of
external VBUS comparators and regulators
through a digital interface
Configurations for on-chip bus pull-up and
pull-down resistors
A simplified block diagram of the USB OTG module is
shown in Figure 18-1.
The USB OTG module can function as a USB peripheral
device or as a USB host, and may dynamically switch
between Device and Host modes under software
control. In either mode, the same data paths and Buffer
Descriptors (BDs) are used for the transmission and
reception of data.
In discussing USB operation, this section will use a
controller-centric nomenclature for describing the direc-
tion of the data transfer between the microcontroller and
the USB. RX (Receive) will be used to describe transfers
that move data from the USB to the microcontroller and
TX (Transmit) will be used to describe transfers that
move data from the microcontroller to the USB.
Table 18-1 shows the relationship between data
direction in this nomenclature and the USB tokens
exchanged.
TABLE 18-1: CONTROLLER-CENTRIC
DATA DIRECTION FOR USB
HOST OR TARGET
This chapter presents the most basic operations
needed to implement USB OTG functionality in an
application. A complete and detailed discussion of the
USB protocol and its OTG supplement are beyond the
scope of this data sheet. It is assumed that the user
already has a basic understanding of USB architecture
and the latest version of the protocol.
Not all steps for proper USB operation (such as device
enumeration) are presented here. It is recommended
that application developers use an appropriate device
driver to implement all of the necessary features.
Microchip provides a number of application-specific
resources, such as USB firmware and driver support.
Refer to www.microchip.com/usb for the latest
firmware and driver support.
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 27. USB On-The-Go (OTG)
(DS39721). The information in this data
sheet supersedes the information in the
FRM.
USB Mode
Direction
RX TX
Device OUT or SETUP IN
Host IN OUT or SETUP
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 240 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-1: USB OTG MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
48 MHz USB Clock
D+
(1)
D-
(1)
USBID
(1)
VBUS
(1)
Transceiver
VBUSON
(1)
Comparators
USB
SRP Charge
SRP Discharge
Registers
and
Control
Interface
Voltage
System
RAM
Full-Speed Pull-up
Host Pull-Down
Host Pull-Down
Note 1: Pins are multiplexed with digital I/O and other device features.
VMIO
(1)
VPIO
(1)
DMH
(1)
DPH
(1)
DMLN
(1)
DPLN
(1)
RCV
(1)
VBUS
Boost
Assist
External Transceiver Interface
USBOEN
(1)
VCMPST1/VBUSVLD
(1)
VCMPST2/SESSVLD
(1)
VBUSST
(1)
VCPCON
(1)
SIE
USB
SESSEND
(1)
Transceiver Power 3.3V
VUSB
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 241
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
18.1 Hardware Configuration
18.1.1 DEVICE MODE
18.1.1.1 D+ Pull-up Resistor
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices have a built-in
1.5 kO resistor on the D+ line that is available when the
microcontroller is operating in Device mode. This is
used to signal an external Host that the device is
operating in Full-Speed Device mode. It is engaged by
setting the USBEN bit (U1CON<0>). If the OTGEN bit
(U1OTGCON<2>) is set, then the D+ pull-up is enabled
through the DPPULUP bit (U1OTGCON<7>).
Alternatively, an external resistor may be used on D+,
as shown in Figure 18-2.
FIGURE 18-2: EXTERNAL PULL-UP FOR
FULL-SPEED DEVICE
MODE
18.1.1.2 Power Modes
Many USB applications will likely have several different
sets of power requirements and configuration. The
most common power modes encountered are:
Bus Power Only mode
Self-Power Only mode
Dual Power with Self-Power Dominance
Bus Power Only mode (Figure 18-3) is effectively the
simplest method. All power for the application is drawn
from the USB.
To meet the inrush current requirements of the USB 2.0
Specification, the total effective capacitance appearing
across VBUS and ground must be no more than 10 F.
In the USB Suspend mode, devices must consume no
more than 2.5 mA from the 5V VBUS line of the USB
cable. During the USB Suspend mode, the D+ or D-
pull-up resistor must remain active, which will consume
some of the allowed suspend current.
In Self-Power Only mode (Figure 18-4), the USB
application provides its own power, with very little
power being pulled from the USB. Note that an attach
indication is added to indicate when the USB has been
connected and the host is actively powering VBUS.
To meet compliance specifications, the USB module
(and the D+ or D- pull-up resistor) should not be enabled
until the host actively drives VBUS high. One of the 5.5V
tolerant I/O pins may be used for this purpose.
The application should never source any current onto
the 5V VBUS pin of the USB cable.
The Dual Power mode with Self-Power Dominance
(Figure 18-5) allows the application to use internal
power primarily, but switch to power from the USB
when no internal power is available. Dual power
devices must also meet all of the special requirements
for inrush current and Suspend mode current previ-
ously described, and must not enable the USB module
until VBUS is driven high.
FIGURE 18-3: BUS POWER ONLY
FIGURE 18-4: SELF-POWER ONLY
FIGURE 18-5: DUAL POWER EXAMPLE
PIC
MCU
Host
Controller/HUB
VUSB
D+
D-
1.5 kO
VDD
VUSB
VSS
VBUS
~5V
3.3V
Low IQ Regulator
Attach Sense
VBUS
100O
VDD
VUSB
VSS
VSELF
~3.3V
Attach Sense
100 kO
100O
VBUS
~5V
VBUS
VDD
VUSB
VBUS
VSS
Attach Sense
VBUS
VSELF
100O
~3.3V
~5V
100 kO
3.3V
Low IQ
Regulator
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 242 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.1.2 HOST AND OTG MODES
18.1.2.1 D+ and D- Pull-Down Resistors
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices have a built-in
15 kO pull-down resistor on the D+ and D- lines. These
are used in tandem to signal to the bus that the micro-
controller is operating in Host mode. They are engaged
by setting the HOSTEN bit (U1CON<3>). If the OTGEN
bit (U1OTGCON<2>) is set, then these pull-downs are
enabled by setting the DPPULDWN and DMPULDWN
bits (U1OTGCON<5:4>).
18.1.2.2 Power Configurations
In Host mode, as well as Host mode in On-The-Go
operation, the USB 2.0 Specification requires that the
host application should supply power on VBUS. Since
the microcontroller is running below VBUS, and is not
able to source sufficient current, a separate power
supply must be provided.
When the application is always operating in Host mode,
a simple circuit can be used to supply VBUS and regu-
late current on the bus (Figure 18-6). For OTG opera-
tion, it is necessary to be able to turn VBUS on or off as
needed, as the microcontroller switches between
Device and Host modes. A typical example using an
external charge pump is shown in Figure 18-7.
FIGURE 18-6: HOST INTERFACE EXAMPLE
FIGURE 18-7: OTG INTERFACE EXAMPLE
A/D Pin
VUSB
VDD
VSS
D+
D-
VBUS
ID
D+
D-
VBUS
ID
GND
+3.3V+3.3V
Polymer PTC
Thermal Fuse
Micro A/B
Connector
150 F
2 kO
2 kO
0.1 F,
3.3V
+5V
PIC
MCU
I/O
I/O
VSS
D+
D-
VBUS
ID
D+
D-
VBUS
ID
GND
Micro A/B
Connector
40 kO 4.7 F
VDD
PIC
MCU
10 F
VIN
SELECT
SHND
PGOOD
MCP1253
VOUT
C+
C-
GND
1 F
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 243
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
18.1.2.3 VBUS Voltage Generation with
External Devices
When operating as a USB host, either as an A-device
in an OTG configuration or as an embedded host, VBUS
must be supplied to the attached device.
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices have an internal
VBUS boost assist to help generate the required 5V
VBUS from the available voltages on the board. This is
comprised of a simple PWM output to control a Switch
mode power supply, and built-in comparators to
monitor output voltage and limit current.
To enable voltage generation:
1. Verify that the USB module is powered
(U1PWRC<0> = 1) and that the VBUS discharge
is disabled (U1OTGCON<0> = 0).
2. Set the PWM period (U1PWMRRS<7:0>) and
duty cycle (U1PWMRRS<15:8>) as required.
3. Select the required polarity of the output signal
based on the configuration of the external circuit
with the PWMPOL bit (U1PWMCON<9>).
4. Select the desired target voltage using the
VBUSCHG bit (U1OTGCON<1>).
5. Enable the PWM counter by setting the CNTEN
bit to 1 (U1PWMCON<8>).
6. Enable the PWM module by setting the PWMEN
bit (U1PWMCON<15>) to 1.
7. Enable the VBUS generation circuit
(U1OTGCON<3> = 1).
18.1.3 USING AN EXTERNAL INTERFACE
Some applications may require the USB interface to be
isolated from the rest of the system.
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices include a complete
interface to communicate with and control an external
USB transceiver, including the control of data line
pull-ups and pull-downs. The VBUS voltage generation
control circuit can also be configured for different VBUS
generation topologies.
Refer to the PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 27. USB On-The-Go (OTG) for information
on using the external interface.
18.1.4 CALCULATING TRANSCEIVER
POWER REQUIREMENTS
The USB transceiver consumes a variable amount of
current depending on the characteristic impedance of
the USB cable, the length of the cable, the VUSB supply
voltage and the actual data patterns moving across the
USB cable. Longer cables have larger capacitances
and consume more total energy when switching output
states. The total transceiver current consumption will
be application-specific. Equation 18-1 can help
estimate how much current actually may be required in
full-speed applications.
Refer to the PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 27. USB On-The-Go (OTG) for a complete
discussion on transceiver power consumption.
EQUATION 18-1: ESTIMATING USB TRANSCEIVER CURRENT CONSUMPTION
Note: This section describes the general
process for VBUS voltage generation and
control. Please refer to the PIC24F
Family Reference Manual for additional
examples.
Legend: VUSB Voltage applied to the VUSB pin in volts (3.0V to 3.6V).
PZERO Percentage (in decimal) of the IN traffic bits sent by the PIC
00000001 = 2 * TCY
00000000 = TCY
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 330 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-4: AD1CHS: A/D INPUT SELECT REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CH0NB CH0SB4
(1)
CH0SB3
(1)
CH0SB2
(1)
CH0SB1
(1)
CH0SB0
(1)
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CH0NA CH0SA4
(1)
CH0SA3
(1)
CH0SA2
(1)
CH0SA1
(1)
CH0SA0
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX B Multiplexer Setting bit
1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1
0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR-
bit 14-13 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 12-8 CH0SB<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX B
(1)
Other = Not available; do not use
11111 = No channel used; all inputs are floating; used for CTMU
11011 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap divided-by-six reference (VBG/6)
11010 = Channel 0 positive input is the core voltage (VCAP)
11001 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap reference (VBG)
11000 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap divided-by-two reference (VBG/2)
10111 = Channel 0 positive input is AN23
(2)
.
.
.
00001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN1
00000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN0
bit 7 CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX A Multiplexer Setting bit
1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1
0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR-
bit 6-5 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 4-0 CH0SA<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX
(1)
Other = Not available; do not use
11111 = No Channel used; all inputs are floating; used for CTMU
11011 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap divided-by-six reference (VBG/6)
11010 = Channel 0 positive input is the core voltage (VCAP)
11001 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap reference (VBG)
11000 = Channel 0 positive input is the band gap divided-by-two reference (VBG/2)
10111 = Channel 0 positive input is AN23
(2)
.
.
.
00001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN1
00000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN0
Note 1: Combinations not shown here (11100 to 11110) are unimplemented; do not use.
2: Channel 0 positive inputs, AN16 through AN23, are not available on 64-pin devices (PIC24FJXXXDAX06).
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 331
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
REGISTER 23-5: ANCFG: A/D BAND GAP REFERENCE CONFIGURATION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
VBG6EN VBG2EN VBGEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 2 VBG6EN: A/D Input VBG/6 Enable bit
1 = Band gap voltage divided-by-six reference (VBG/6) is enabled
0 = Band gap divided-by-six reference (VBG/6) is disabled
bit 1 VBG2EN: A/D Input VBG/2 Enable bit
1 = Band gap voltage divided-by-two reference (VBG/2) is enabled
0 = Band gap divided-by-two reference (VBG/2) is disabled
bit 0 VBGEN: A/D Input VBG Enable bit
1 = Band gap voltage reference (VBG) is enabled
0 = Band gap reference (VBG) is disabled
REGISTER 23-6: AD1CSSL: A/D INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER (LOW)
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CSSL15 CSSL14 CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CSSL7 CSSL6 CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-0 CSSL<15:0>: A/D Input Pin Scan Selection bits
1 = Corresponding analog channel is selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 332 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
EQUATION 23-1: A/D CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD
(1)
REGISTER 23-7: AD1CSSH: A/D INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER (HIGH)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CSSL27 CSSL26 CSSL25 CSSL24
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CSSL23
(1)
CSSL22
(1)
CSSL21
(1)
CSSL20
(1)
CSSL19
(1)
CSSL18
(1)
CSSL17
(1)
CSSL16
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-12 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 11 CSSL27: A/D Input Band Gap Scan Selection bit
1 = Band gap divided-by-six reference (VBG/6) is selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
bit 10 CSSL26: A/D Input Band Gap Scan Selection bit
1 = Internal core voltage (VCAP) is selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
bit 9 CSSL25: A/D Input Half Band Gap Scan Selection bit
1 = Band gap reference (VBG) is selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
bit 8 CSSL24: A/D Input Band Gap Scan Selection bit
1 = Band gap divided-by-two reference (VBG/2) is selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
bit 7-0 CSSL<23:16>: Analog Input Pin Scan Selection bits
(1)
1 = Corresponding analog channel selected for input scan
0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, read as 0.
Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC; Doze mode and PLL are disabled.
ADCS =
TAD
TCY
1
TAD = TCY (ADCS = 1)
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 333
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
FIGURE 23-2: 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER ANALOG INPUT MODEL
FIGURE 23-3: A/D TRANSFER FUNCTION
CPIN VA
Rs
ANx
VT = 0.6V
VT = 0.6V
ILEAKAGE
RIC s 250O
Sampling
Switch
RSS
CHOLD
= DAC Capacitance
VSS
VDD
= 4.4 pF (Typical)
500 nA
Legend: CPIN
VT
ILEAKAGE
RIC
RSS
CHOLD
= Input Capacitance
= Threshold Voltage
= Leakage Current at the pin due to
= Interconnect Resistance
= Sampling Switch Resistance
= Sample/Hold Capacitance (from DAC)
various junctions
Note: CPIN value depends on the device package and is not tested. The effect of CPIN IS negligible if Rs s 5 kO.
RSS s 5 kO (Typical)
6-11 pF
(Typical)
10 0000 0001 (513)
10 0000 0010 (514)
10 0000 0011 (515)
01 1111 1101 (509)
01 1111 1110 (510)
01 1111 1111 (511)
11 1111 1110 (1022)
11 1111 1111 (1023)
00 0000 0000 (0)
00 0000 0001 (1)
Output Code
10 0000 0000 (512)
(
V
I
N
H
V
I
N
L
)
V
R
-
V
R
+
V
R
-
1
0
2
4
5
1
2
*
(
V
R
+
V
R
-
)
1
0
2
4
V
R
+
V
R
-
+
V
R
-
+
1
0
2
3
*
(
V
R
+
V
R
-
)
1
0
2
4
V
R
-
+
0
(Binary (Decimal))
Voltage Level
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 334 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 335
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
24.0 TRIPLE COMPARATOR
MODULE
The triple comparator module provides three dual input
comparators. The inputs to the comparator can be
configured to use any one of five external analog inputs
(CxINA, CxINB, CxINC, CxIND and VREF+) and a
voltage reference input from one of the internal band
gap references or the comparator voltage reference
generator (VBG, VBG/2, VBG/6 and CVREF).
The comparator outputs may be directly connected to
the CxOUT pins. When the respective COE equals 1,
the I/O pad logic makes the unsynchronized output of
the comparator available on the pin.
A simplified block diagram of the module in shown in
Figure 24-1. Diagrams of the possible individual
comparator configurations are shown in Figure 24-2.
Each comparator has its own control register,
CMxCON (Register 24-1), for enabling and configuring
its operation. The output and event status of all three
comparators is provided in the CMSTAT register
(Register 24-2).
FIGURE 24-1: TRIPLE COMPARATOR MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
associated PIC24F Family Reference
Manual.
C1
VIN-
VIN+
CXINB
CXINC
CXINA
CXIND
CVREF
VBG
C2
VIN-
VIN+
C3
VIN-
VIN+
COE
C1OUT
Pin
CPOL
Trigger/Interrupt
Logic
CEVT
EVPOL<1:0>
COUT
Input
Select
Logic
CCH<1:0>
CREF
COE
C2OUT
Pin
CPOL
Trigger/Interrupt
Logic
CEVT
EVPOL<1:0>
COUT
COE
C3OUT
Pin
CPOL
Trigger/Interrupt
Logic
CEVT
EVPOL<1:0>
COUT
VBG/2
VBG/6
VREF+
-
CVREFM<1:0>
(1)
VREF+
CVREFP
(1)
+
01
00
10
11
01
00
10
11
1
0
0
1
Note 1: Refer Register 25-1 for bit details.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 336 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-2: INDIVIDUAL COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS WHEN CREF = 0
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
Off (Read as 0)
Comparator Off
CEN = 0, CREF = x, CCH<1:0> = xx
Comparator CxINB > CxINA Compare
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00
COE
CxOUT
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINB
CXINA
Comparator CxIND > CxINA Compare
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 10
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CxOUT
CXIND
CXINA
Comparator CxINC > CxINA Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINC
CXINA
Comparator VBG > CxINA Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG
CXINA
Pin
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CxINA Compare
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/2
CXINA
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CxINA Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/6
CXINA
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxIND > CxINA Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CxOUT
VREF+
CXINA
Pin
CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CVREFM<1:0> = 01
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 11
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 00
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 10
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 337
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
FIGURE 24-3: INDIVIDUAL COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS WHEN CREF = 1 AND CVREFP = 0
FIGURE 24-4: INDIVIDUAL COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS WHEN CREF = 1 AND CVREFP = 1
Comparator CxIND > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXIND
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINC > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINC
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINB > CVREF Compare
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINB
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/2
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/6
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxIND > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VREF+
CVREF
CxOUT
Pin
CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 10 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 01
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 11
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 10
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 00
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
Comparator CxIND > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXIND
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINC > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINC
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator CxINB > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
CXINB
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/2
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
Comparator VBG > CVREF Compare
Cx
VIN-
VIN+
COE
VBG/6
VREF+
CxOUT
Pin
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CEN = 1, CCH<1:> = 10 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 01
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 10
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 CVREFM<1:0> = 00
CEN = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01 CVREFM<1:0> = xx
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 338 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-1: CMxCON: COMPARATOR x CONTROL REGISTERS (COMPARATORS 1
THROUGH 3)
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0, HS R-0, HSC
CEN COE CPOL CEVT COUT
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
EVPOL1 EVPOL0 CREF CCH1 CCH0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 CEN: Comparator Enable bit
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled
bit 14 COE: Comparator Output Enable bit
1 = Comparator output is present on the CxOUT pin
0 = Comparator output is internal only
bit 13 CPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Comparator output is inverted
0 = Comparator output is not inverted
bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 9 CEVT: Comparator Event bit
1 = Comparator event that is defined by EVPOL<1:0> has occurred; subsequent triggers and interrupts
are disabled until the bit is cleared
0 = Comparator event has not occurred
bit 8 COUT: Comparator Output bit
When CPOL = 0:
1 = VIN+ > VIN-
0 = VIN+ < VIN-
When CPOL = 1:
1 = VIN+ < VIN-
0 = VIN+ > VIN-
bit 7-6 EVPOL<1:0>: Trigger/Event/Interrupt Polarity Select bits
11 = Trigger/event/interrupt is generated on any change of the comparator output (while CEVT = 0)
10 = Trigger/event/interrupt is generated on transition of the comparator output:
If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
High-to-low transition only.
If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
Low-to-high transition only.
01 = Trigger/event/interrupt is generated on transition of comparator output:
If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
Low-to-high transition only.
If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
High-to-low transition only.
00 = Trigger/event/interrupt generation is disabled
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as 0
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 339
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 4 CREF: Comparator Reference Select bits (non-inverting input)
1 = Non-inverting input connects to the internal CVREF voltage
0 = Non-inverting input connects to the CXINA pin
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 1-0 CCH<1:0>: Comparator Channel Select bits
11 = Inverting input of the comparator connects to the internal selectable reference voltage specified by
the CVREFM<1:0> bits in the CVRCON register
10 = Inverting input of the comparator connects to the CXIND pin
01 = Inverting input of the comparator connects to the CXINC pin
00 = Inverting input of the comparator connects to the CXINB pin
REGISTER 24-1: CMxCON: COMPARATOR x CONTROL REGISTERS (COMPARATORS 1
THROUGH 3) (CONTINUED)
REGISTER 24-2: CMSTAT: COMPARATOR MODULE STATUS REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC
CMIDL C3EVT C2EVT C1EVT
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC
C3OUT C2OUT C1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 CMIDL: Comparator Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue operation of all comparators when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue operation of all enabled comparators in Idle mode
bit 14-11 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 10 C3EVT: Comparator 3 Event Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current event status of Comparator 3 (CM3CON<9>).
bit 9 C2EVT: Comparator 2 Event Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current event status of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<9>).
bit 8 C1EVT: Comparator 1 Event Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current event status of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<9>).
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 2 C3OUT: Comparator 3 Output Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current output of Comparator 3 (CM3CON<8>).
bit 1 C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current output of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<8>).
bit 0 C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output Status bit (read-only)
Shows the current output of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<8>).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 340 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 341
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
25.0 COMPARATOR VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
25.1 Configuring the Comparator
Voltage Reference
The voltage reference module is controlled through the
CVRCON register (Register 25-1). The comparator
voltage reference provides two ranges of output
voltage, each with 16 distinct levels. The range to be
used is selected by the CVRR bit (CVRCON<5>). The
primary difference between the ranges is the size of the
steps selected by the CVREF Selection bits
(CVR<3:0>), with one range offering finer resolution.
The comparator reference supply voltage can come
from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and
VREF-. The voltage source is selected by the CVRSS
bit (CVRCON<4>).
The settling time of the comparator voltage reference
must be considered when changing the CVREF
output.
FIGURE 25-1: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual,
Section 19. Comparator Module
(DS39710). The information in this data
sheet supersedes the information in the
FRM.
1
6
-
t
o
-
1
M
U
X
CVR<3:0>
8R
R
CVREN
CVRSS = 0
AVDD
VREF+
CVRSS = 1
8R
CVRSS = 0
VREF-
CVRSS = 1
R
R
R
R
R
R
16 Steps
CVRR
CVREF
AVSS
CVROE
CVREF
Pin
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 342 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 25-1: CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CVREFP CVREFM1 CVREFM0
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 10 CVREFP: Voltage Reference Select bit (valid only when CREF is 1)
1 = VREF+ is used as a reference voltage to the comparators
0 = The CVR (4-bit DAC) within this module provides the the reference voltage to the comparators
bit 9-8 CVREFM<1:0>: Band Gap Reference Source Select bits (valid only when CCH<1:0> = 11)
00 = Band gap voltage is provided as an input to the comparators
01 = Band gap voltage divided-by-two is provided as an input to the comparators
10 = Band gap voltage divided-by-six is provided as an input to the comparators
11 = VREF+ pin is provided as an input the comparators
bit 7 CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = CVREF circuit is powered on
0 = CVREF circuit is powered down
bit 6 CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit
1 = CVREF voltage level is output on the CVREF pin
0 = CVREF voltage level is disconnected from the CVREF pin
bit 5 CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit
1 = CVRSRC range should be 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/24 step size
0 = CVRSRC range should be 0.25 to 0.719 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/32 step size
bit 4 CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit
1 = Comparator reference source CVRSRC = VREF+ VREF-
0 = Comparator reference source CVRSRC = AVDD AVSS
bit 3-0 CVR<3:0>: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0 s CVR<3:0> s 15 bits
When CVRR = 1:
CVREF = (CVR<3:0>/ 24) - (CVRSRC)
When CVRR = 0:
CVREF = 1/4 - (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) - (CVRSRC)
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 343
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
26.0 CHARGE TIME
MEASUREMENT UNIT (CTMU)
The Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) is a flex-
ible analog module that provides accurate differential
time measurement between pulse sources, as well as
asynchronous pulse generation. Its key features
include:
Four edge input trigger sources
Polarity control for each edge source
Control of edge sequence
Control of response to edges
Time measurement resolution of 1 nanosecond
Accurate current source suitable for capacitive
measurement
Together with other on-chip analog modules, the CTMU
can be used to precisely measure time, measure
capacitance, measure relative changes in capacitance
or generate output pulses that are independent of the
system clock. The CTMU module is ideal for interfacing
with capacitive-based sensors.
The CTMU is controlled through two registers:
CTMUCON and CTMUICON. CTMUCON enables the
module, and controls edge source selection, edge
source polarity selection, and edge sequencing. The
CTMUICON register controls the selection and trim of
the current source.
26.1 Measuring Capacitance
The CTMU module measures capacitance by generat-
ing an output pulse with a width equal to the time
between edge events on two separate input channels.
The pulse edge events to both input channels can be
selected from four sources: two internal peripheral
modules (OC1 and Timer1) and two external pins
(CTEDG1 and CTEDG2). This pulse is used with the
modules precision current source to calculate
capacitance according to the relationship:
For capacitance measurements, the A/D Converter
samples an external capacitor (CAPP) on one of its
input channels after the CTMU outputs pulse. A preci-
sion resistor (RPR) provides current source calibration
on a second A/D channel. After the pulse ends, the
converter determines the voltage on the capacitor. The
actual calculation of capacitance is performed in
software by the application.
Figure 26-1 shows the external connections used for
capacitance measurements, and how the CTMU and
A/D modules are related in this application. This
example also shows the edge events coming from
Timer1, but other configurations using external edge
sources are possible. A detailed discussion on measur-
ing capacitance and time with the CTMU module is
provided in the PIC24F Family Reference Manual.
FIGURE 26-1: TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR
CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENT
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
associated PIC24F Family Reference
Manual, Section 11. Charge Time
Measurement Unit (CTMU) (DS39724).
The information in this data sheet
supersedes the information in the FRM.
C I
dV
dT
------- =
PIC24F Device
A/D Converter
CTMU
ANx
CAPP
Output Pulse
EDG1
EDG2
RPR
ANY
Timer1
Current Source
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 344 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.2 Measuring Time
Time measurements on the pulse width can be similarly
performed using the A/D modules internal capacitor
(CAD) and a precision resistor for current calibration.
Figure 26-2 shows the external connections used for
time measurements, and how the CTMU and A/D
modules are related in this application. This example
also shows both edge events coming from the external
CTEDG pins, but other configurations using internal
edge sources are possible. A detailed discussion on
measuring capacitance and time with the CTMU module
is provided in the PIC24F Family Reference Manual.
26.3 Pulse Generation and Delay
The CTMU module can also generate an output pulse
with edges that are not synchronous with the devices
system clock. More specifically, it can generate a pulse
with a programmable delay from an edge event input to
the module.
When the module is configured for pulse generation
delay by setting the TGEN (CTMUCON<12>) bit, the
internal current source is connected to the B input of
Comparator 2. A capacitor (CDELAY) is connected to
the Comparator 2 pin, C2INB, and the comparator volt-
age reference, CVREF, is connected to C2INA. CVREF
is then configured for a specific trip point. The module
begins to charge CDELAY when an edge event is
detected. When CDELAY charges above the CVREF trip
point, a pulse is output on CTPLS. The length of the
pulse delay is determined by the value of CDELAY and
the CVREF trip point.
Figure 26-3 shows the external connections for pulse
generation, as well as the relationship of the different
analog modules required. While CTEDG1 is shown as
the input pulse source, other options are available. A
detailed discussion on pulse generation with the CTMU
module is provided in the PIC24F Family Reference
Manual.
FIGURE 26-2: TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR TIME
MEASUREMENT TIME
FIGURE 26-3: TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR PULSE
DELAY GENERATION
PIC24F Device
A/D Converter
CTMU
CTEDG1
CTEDG2
ANx
Output Pulse
EDG1
EDG2
CAD
RPR
Current Source
C2
CVREF
CTPLS
PIC24F Device
Current Source
Comparator
CTMU
CTEDG1
C2INB
CDELAY
EDG1
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 345
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
REGISTER 26-1: CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CTMUEN CTMUSIDL TGEN
(1)
EDGEN EDGSEQEN IDISSEN CTTRIG
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0, HSC R/W-0, HSC
EDG2POL EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0 EDG1POL EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 CTMUEN: CTMU Enable bit
1 = Module is enabled
0 = Module is disabled
bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 13 CTMUSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue module operation when the device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 12 TGEN: Time Generation Enable bit
(1)
1 = Enables edge delay generation
0 = Disables edge delay generation
bit 10 EDGEN: Edge Enable bit
1 = Edges are not blocked
0 = Edges are blocked
bit 10 EDGSEQEN: Edge Sequence Enable bit
1 = Edge 1 event must occur before Edge 2 event can occur
0 = No edge sequence is needed
bit 9 IDISSEN: Analog Current Source Control bit
1 = Analog current source output is grounded
0 = Analog current source output is not grounded
bit 8 CTTRIG: Trigger Control bit
1 = Trigger output is enabled
0 = Trigger output is disabled
bit 7 EDG2POL: Edge 2 Polarity Select bit
1 = Edge 2 is programmed for a positive edge response
0 = Edge 2 is programmed for a negative edge response
bit 6-5 EDG2SEL<1:0>: Edge 2 Source Select bits
11 = CTEDG1 pin
10 = CTEDG2 pin
01 = OC1 module
00 = Timer1 module
bit 4 EDG1POL: Edge 1 Polarity Select bit
1 = Edge 1 is programmed for a positive edge response
0 = Edge 1 is programmed for a negative edge response
Note 1: If TGEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. See
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 346 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
bit 3-2 EDG1SEL<1:0>: Edge 1 Source Select bits
11 = CTEDG1 pin
10 = CTEDG2 pin
01 = OC1 module
00 = Timer1 module
bit 1 EDG2STAT: Edge 2 Status bit
1 = Edge 2 event has occurred
0 = Edge 2 event has not occurred
bit 0 EDG1STAT: Edge 1 Status bit
1 = Edge 1 event has occurred
0 = Edge 1 event has not occurred
REGISTER 26-1: CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
Note 1: If TGEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn/RPIn pin. See
Section 10.4 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) for more information.
REGISTER 26-2: CTMUICON: CTMU CURRENT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ITRIM5 ITRIM4 ITRIM3 ITRIM2 ITRIM1 ITRIM0 IRNG1 IRNG0
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-10 ITRIM<5:0>: Current Source Trim bits
011111 = Maximum positive change from nominal current
011110
.
.
.
000001 = Minimum positive change from nominal current
000000 = Nominal current output specified by IRNG<1:0>
111111 = Minimum negative change from nominal current
.
.
.
100010
100001 = Maximum negative change from nominal current
bit 9-8 IRNG<1:0>: Current Source Range Select bits
11 = 100 Base Current
10 = 10 Base Current
01 = Base current level (0.55 A nominal)
00 = Current source is disabled
bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as 0
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 347
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
27.0 SPECIAL FEATURES
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices include several
features intended to maximize application flexibility and
reliability, and minimize cost through elimination of
external components. These are:
Flexible Configuration
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Code Protection
JTAG Boundary Scan Interface
In-Circuit Serial Programming
In-Circuit Emulation
27.1 Configuration Bits
The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as 0),
or left unprogrammed (read as 1), to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped starting at
program memory location F80000h. A detailed explana-
tion of the various bit functions is provided in
Register 27-1 through Register 27-6.
Note that address F80000h is beyond the user program
memory space. In fact, it belongs to the configuration
memory space (800000h-FFFFFFh) which can only be
accessed using table reads and table writes.
27.1.1 CONSIDERATIONS FOR
CONFIGURING PIC24FJ256DA210
FAMILY DEVICES
In PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices, the configuration
bytes are implemented as volatile memory. This means
that configuration data must be programmed each time
the device is powered up. Configuration data is stored
in the three words at the top of the on-chip program
memory space, known as the Flash Configuration
Words. Their specific locations are shown in
Table 27-1. These are packed representations of the
actual device Configuration bits, whose actual
locations are distributed among several locations in
configuration space. The configuration data is automat-
ically loaded from the Flash Configuration Words to the
proper Configuration registers during device Resets.
When creating applications for these devices, users
should always specifically allocate the location of the
Flash Configuration Word for configuration data. This is
to make certain that program code is not stored in this
address when the code is compiled.
The upper byte of all Flash Configuration Words in pro-
gram memory should always be 0000 0000. This
makes them appear to be NOP instructions in the
remote event that their locations are ever executed by
accident. Since Configuration bits are not implemented
in the corresponding locations, writing 0s to these
locations has no effect on device operation.
TABLE 27-1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD LOCATIONS FOR PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DEVICES
Note: This data sheet summarizes the features
of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not
intended to be a comprehensive reference
source. For more information, refer to the
following sections of the PIC24F Family
Reference Manual. The information in
this data sheet supersedes the information
in the FRMs.
Section 9. Watchdog Timer (WDT)
(DS39697)
Section 32. High-Level Device
Integration (DS39719)
Section 33. Programming and
Diagnostics (DS39716)
Note: Configuration data is reloaded on all types
of device Resets.
Note: Performing a page erase operation on the
last page of program memory clears the
Flash Configuration Words, enabling code
protection as a result. Therefore, users
should avoid performing page erase
operations on the last page of program
memory.
Device
Configuration Word Addresses
1 2 3 4
PIC24FJ128DAXXX 157FEh 157FCh 157FAh 157F8h
PIC24FJ256DAXXX 2ABFEh 2ABFCh 2ABFAh 2ABF8h
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 348 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 27-1: CW1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
r-x R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 r-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
reserved JTAGEN GCP GWRP DEBUG reserved ICS1 ICS0
bit 15 bit 8
R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
FWDTEN WINDIS ALTVREF
(1)
FWPSA WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: r = Reserved bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as 1
bit 15 Reserved: The value is unknown; program as 0
bit 14 JTAGEN: JTAG Port Enable bit
1 = JTAG port is enabled
0 = JTAG port is disabled
bit 13 GCP: General Segment Program Memory Code Protection bit
1 = Code protection is disabled
0 = Code protection is enabled for the entire program memory space
bit 12 GWRP: General Segment Code Flash Write Protection bit
1 = Writes to program memory are allowed
0 = Writes to program memory are not allowed
bit 11
DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit
1 = Device resets into Operational mode
0 = Device resets into Debug mode
bit 10 Reserved: Always maintain as 1
bit 9-8 ICS<1:0>: Emulator Pin Placement Select bits
11 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC1/PGED1
10 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC2/PGED2
01 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC3/PGED3
00 = Reserved; do not use
bit 7 FWDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = Watchdog Timer is enabled
0 = Watchdog Timer is disabled
bit 6 WINDIS: Windowed Watchdog Timer Disable bit
1 = Standard Watchdog Timer is enabled
0 = Windowed Watchdog Timer is enabled; FWDTEN must be 1
bit 5
ALTVREF: Alternate VREF Pin Selection bit
(1)
1 = VREF is on a default pin (VREF+ on RA10 and VREF- on RA9)
0 = VREF is on an alternate pin (VREF+ on RB0 and VREF- on RB1)
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, maintain at 1 (VREF+ on RB0 and VREF- on RB1).
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 349
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 4 FWPSA: WDT Prescaler Ratio Select bit
1 = Prescaler ratio of 1:128
0 = Prescaler ratio of 1:32
bit 3-0 WDTPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscaler Select bits
1111 = 1:32,768
1110 = 1:16,384
1101 = 1:8,192
1100 = 1:4,096
1011 = 1:2,048
1010 = 1:1,024
1001 = 1:512
1000 = 1:256
0111 = 1:128
0110 = 1:64
0101 = 1:32
0100 = 1:16
0011 = 1:8
0010 = 1:4
0001 = 1:2
0000 = 1:1
REGISTER 27-1: CW1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1 (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, maintain at 1 (VREF+ on RB0 and VREF- on RB1).
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 350 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 27-2: CW2: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 2
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
IESO PLLDIV2 PLLDIV1 PLLDIV0 PLL96MHZ FNOSC2 FNOSC1 FNOSC0
bit 15 bit 8
R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 r-1 r-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
FCKSM1 FCKSM0 OSCIOFCN IOL1WAY reserved reserved POSCMD1 POSCMD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: r = Reserved bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as 1
bit 15 IESO: Internal External Switchover bit
1 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is enabled
0 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is disabled
bit 14-12 PLLDIV<2:0>: 96 MHz PLL Prescaler Select bits
111 = Oscillator input is divided by 12 (48 MHz input)
110 = Oscillator input is divided by 8 (32 MHz input)
101 = Oscillator input is divided by 6 (24 MHz input)
100 = Oscillator input is divided by 5 (20 MHz input)
011 = Oscillator input is divided by 4 (16 MHz input)
010 = Oscillator input is divided by 3 (12 MHz input)
001 = Oscillator input is divided by 2 (8 MHz input)
000 = Oscillator input is used directly (4 MHz input)
bit 11 PLL96MHZ: 96 MHz PLL Start-Up Enable bit
1 = 96 MHz PLL is enabled automatically on start-up
0 = 96 MHz PLL is software controlled (can be enabled by setting the PLLEN bit in CLKDIV<5>)
bit 10-8 FNOSC<2:0>: Initial Oscillator Select bits
111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV)
110 = Reserved
101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC)
100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC)
011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL)
010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
001 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL)
000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC)
bit 7-6 FCKSM<1:0>: Clock Switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Configuration bits
1x = Clock switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor are disabled
01 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled
00 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled
bit 5 OSCIOFCN: OSCO Pin Configuration bit
If POSCMD<1:0> = 11 or 00:
1 = OSCO/CLKO/RC15 functions as CLKO (FOSC/2)
0 = OSCO/CLKO/RC15 functions as port I/O (RC15)
If POSCMD<1:0> = 10 or 01:
OSCIOFCN has no effect on OSCO/CLKO/RC15.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 351
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
bit 4 IOL1WAY: IOLOCK One-Way Set Enable bit
1 = The IOLOCK bit (OSCCON<6>) can be set once, provided the unlock sequence has been
completed. Once set, the Peripheral Pin Select registers cannot be written to a second time.
0 = The IOLOCK bit can be set and cleared as needed, provided the unlock sequence has been
completed
bit 3-2 Reserved: Always maintain as 1
bit 1-0 POSCMD<1:0>: Primary Oscillator Configuration bits
11 = Primary oscillator is disabled
10 = HS Oscillator mode is selected
01 = XT Oscillator mode is selected
00 = EC Oscillator mode is selected
REGISTER 27-2: CW2: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 2 (CONTINUED)
REGISTER 27-3: CW3: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 3
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
WPEND WPCFG WPDIS ALTPMP
(1)
WUTSEL1 WUTSEL0 SOSCSEL1 SOSCSEL0
bit 15 bit 8
R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1
WPFP7 WPFP6 WPFP5 WPFP4 WPFP3 WPFP2 WPFP1 WPFP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: PO = Program-Once bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as 1
bit 15 WPEND: Segment Write Protection End Page Select bit
1 = Protected code segment upper boundary is at the last page of program memory; the lower
boundary is the code page specified by WPFP<7:0>
0 = Protected code segment lower boundary is at the bottom of the program memory (000000h); upper
boundary is the code page specified by WPFP<7:0>
bit 14 WPCFG: Configuration Word Code Page Write Protection Select bit
1 = Last page (at the top of program memory) and Flash Configuration Words are not write-protected
(3)
0 = Last page and Flash Configuration Words are write-protected, provided WPDIS = 0
bit 13 WPDIS: Segment Write Protection Disable bit
1 = Segmented code protection is disabled
0 = Segmented code protection is enabled; protected segment is defined by the WPEND, WPCFG and
WPFPx Configuration bits
bit 12
ALTPMP: Alternate EPMP Pin Mapping bit
(1)
1 = EPMP pins are in default location mode
0 = EPMP pins are in alternate location mode
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, maintain at 1.
2: Ensure that the SCLKI pin is made a digital input while using this configuration, see Table 10-1.
3: Regardless of WPCFG status, if WPEND = 1 or if WPFP corresponds to the Configuration Words page,
the Configuration Words page is protected.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 352 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
bit 11-10 WUTSEL<1:0>: Voltage Regulator Standby Mode Wake-up Time Select bits
11 = Default regulator start-up time is used
01 = Fast regulator start-up time is used
x0 = Reserved; do not use
bit 9-8 SOSCSEL<1:0>: SOSC Selection Configuration bits
11 = Secondary oscillator is in Default (high drive strength) Oscillator mode
10 = Reserved; do not use
01 = Secondary oscillator is in Low-Power (low drive strength) Oscillator mode
00 = External clock (SCLKI) or Digital I/O mode
(2)
bit 7-0 WPFP<7:0>: Write Protected Code Segment Boundary Page bits
Designates the 512 instruction words page boundary of the protected code segment.
If WPEND = 1:
Specifies the lower page boundary of the code-protected segment; the last page being the last
implemented page in the device.
If WPEND = 0:
Specifies the upper page boundary of the code-protected segment; Page 0 being the lower boundary.
REGISTER 27-3: CW3: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 3 (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented in 64-pin devices, maintain at 1.
2: Ensure that the SCLKI pin is made a digital input while using this configuration, see Table 10-1.
3: Regardless of WPCFG status, if WPEND = 1 or if WPFP corresponds to the Configuration Words page,
the Configuration Words page is protected.
REGISTER 27-4: CW4: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 4
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1
reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved
bit 15 bit 8
r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1 r-1
reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: r = Reserved bit
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as 0
-n = Value at POR 1 = Bit is set 0 = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 15-0 Reserved: Always maintain as 1
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 353
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
REGISTER 27-5: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
R R R R R R R R
FAMID7 FAMID6 FAMID5 FAMID4 FAMID3 FAMID2 FAMID1 FAMID0
bit 15 bit 8
R R R R R R R R
DEV7 DEV6 DEV5 DEV4 DEV3 DEV2 DEV1 DEV0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: R = Readable bit U = Unimplemented bit
bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as 1
bit 15-8 FAMID<7:0>: Device Family Identifier bits
01000001 = PIC24FJ256DA210 family
bit 7-0 DEV<7:0>: Individual Device Identifier bits
00001000 = PIC24FJ128DA206
00001001 = PIC24FJ128DA106
00001010 = PIC24FJ128DA210
00001011 = PIC24FJ128DA110
00001100 = PIC24FJ256DA206
00001101 = PIC24FJ256DA106
00001110 = PIC24FJ256DA210
00001111 = PIC24FJ256DA110
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 354 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator
All PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices power their core
digital logic at a nominal 1.8V. This may create an issue
for designs that are required to operate at a higher
typical voltage, such as 3.3V. To simplify system
design, all devices in the PIC24FJ256DA210 family
incorporate an on-chip regulator that allows the device
to run its core logic from VDD.
The regulator is controlled by the ENVREG pin. Tying VDD
to the pin enables the regulator, which in turn, provides
power to the core from the other VDD pins. When the reg-
ulator is enabled, a low-ESR capacitor (such as ceramic)
must be connected to the VCAP pin (Figure 27-1). This
helps to maintain the stability of the regulator. The recom-
mended value for the filter capacitor (CEFC) is provided in
Section 30.1 DC Characteristics.
27.2.1 VOLTAGE REGULATOR
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECTION
When the on-chip regulator is enabled, it provides a
constant voltage of 1.8V nominal to the digital core
logic.
The regulator can provide this level from a VDD of about
2.1V, all the way up to the devices VDDMAX. It does not
have the capability to boost VDD levels. In order to pre-
vent brown-out conditions when the voltage drops too
low for the regulator, the Brown-out Reset occurs. Then
the regulator output follows VDD with a typical voltage
drop of 300 mV.
To provide information about when the regulator
voltage starts reducing, the on-chip regulator includes
a simple Low-Voltage Detect circuit, which sets the
Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag, LVDIF (IFS4<8>).
This can be used to generate an interrupt to trigger an
orderly shutdown.
FIGURE 27-1: CONNECTIONS FOR THE
ON-CHIP REGULATOR
27.2.2 ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND POR
When the voltage regulator is enabled, it takes approx-
imately 10 s for it to generate output. During this time,
designated as TVREG, code execution is disabled.
TVREG is applied every time the device resumes
operation after any power-down, including Sleep mode.
TVREG is determined by the status of the VREGS bit
(RCON<8>) and the WUTSEL Configuration bits
(CW3<11:10>). Refer to Section 30.0 Electrical
Characteristics for more information on TVREG.
REGISTER 27-6: DEVREV: DEVICE REVISION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 23 bit 16
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R R R R
REV3 REV2 REV1 REV0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: R = Readable bit U = Unimplemented bit
bit 23-4 Unimplemented: Read as 0
bit 3-0 REV<3:0>: Device revision identifier bits
VDD
ENVREG
VCAP
VSS
PIC24FJXXXDA1/DA2
CEFC
3.3V
(1)
Regulator Enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD):
Note 1: This is a typical operating voltage. Refer to
Section 30.1 DC Characteristics for
the full operating ranges of VDD.
(10 F typ)
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 355
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
27.2.3 ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND BOR
When the on-chip regulator is enabled,
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices also have a simple
brown-out capability. If the voltage supplied to the reg-
ulator is inadequate to maintain the output level, the
regulator Reset circuitry will generate a Brown-out
Reset. This event is captured by the BOR (RCON<1>)
flag bit. The brown-out voltage specifications are
provided in Section 7. Reset (DS39712) in the
PIC24F Family Reference Manual.
27.2.4 VOLTAGE REGULATOR STANDBY
MODE
When enabled, the on-chip regulator always consumes
a small incremental amount of current over IDD/IPD,
including when the device is in Sleep mode, even
though the core digital logic does not require power. To
provide additional savings in applications where power
resources are critical, the regulator can be made to
enter Standby mode on its own whenever the device
goes into Sleep mode. This feature is controlled by the
VREGS bit (RCON<8>). Clearing the VREGS bit
enables the Standby mode. When waking up from
Standby mode, the regulator needs to wait for TVREG to
expire before wake-up.
The regulator wake-up time required for Standby
mode is controlled by the WUTSEL<1:0>
(CW3<11:10>) Configuration bits. The regulator
wake-up time is lower when WUTSEL<1:0> = 01, and
higher when WUTSEL<1:0> = 11. Refer to the TVREG
specification in Table 30-10 for regulator wake-up
time.
When the regulators Standby mode is turned off
(VREGS = 1), the device wakes up without waiting for
TVREG. However, with the VREGS bit set, the power
consumption while in Sleep mode will be approximately
40 A higher than what it would be if the regulator was
allowed to enter Standby mode.
27.3 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
For PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices, the WDT is
driven by the LPRC oscillator. When the WDT is
enabled, the clock source is also enabled.
The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 31 kHz.
This feeds a prescaler that can be configured for either
5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation.
The prescaler is set by the FWPSA Configuration bit.
With a 31 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal
WDT Time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode or
4 ms in 7-bit mode.
A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler
output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods.
The postscaler is controlled by the WDTPS<3:0> Con-
figuration bits (CW1<3:0>), which allows the selection
of a total of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the
prescaler and postscaler time-out periods, ranging
from 1 ms to 131 seconds, can be achieved.
The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset:
On any device Reset
On the completion of a clock switch, whether
invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit
after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware
(i.e., Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)
When a PWRSAV instruction is executed
(i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered)
When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to
resume normal operation
By a CLRWDT instruction during normal execution
If the WDT is enabled, it will continue to run during
Sleep or Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs,
the device will wake the device and code execution will
continue from where the PWRSAV instruction was exe-
cuted. The corresponding SLEEP or IDLE
(RCON<3:2>) bits will need to be cleared in software
after the device wakes up.
The WDT Flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not auto-
matically cleared following a WDT time-out. To detect
subsequent WDT events, the flag must be cleared in
software.
Note: For more information, see Section 30.0
Electrical Characteristics. The infor-
mation in this data sheet supersedes the
information in the FRM.
Note: The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions
clear the prescaler and postscaler counts
when executed.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 356 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.3.1 WINDOWED OPERATION
The Watchdog Timer has an optional Fixed-Window
mode of operation. In this Windowed mode, CLRWDT
instructions can only reset the WDT during the last 1/4
of the programmed WDT period. A CLRWDT instruction
executed before that window causes a WDT Reset,
similar to a WDT time-out.
Windowed WDT mode is enabled by programming the
WINDIS Configuration bit (CW1<6>) to 0.
27.3.2 CONTROL REGISTER
The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN
Configuration bit. When the FWDTEN Configuration bit
is set, the WDT is always enabled.
The WDT can be optionally controlled in software when
the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been programmed
to 0. The WDT is enabled in software by setting the
SWDTEN Control bit (RCON<5>). The SWDTEN
control bit is cleared on any device Reset. The software
WDT option allows the user to enable the WDT for
critical code segments and disable the WDT during
non-critical segments for maximum power savings.
FIGURE 27-2: WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM
LPRC Input
WDT Overflow
Wake from Sleep
31 kHz
Prescaler
Postscaler
FWPSA
SWDTEN
FWDTEN
Reset
All Device Resets
Sleep or Idle Mode
LPRC Control
CLRWDT Instr.
PWRSAV Instr.
(5-bit/7-bit) 1:1 to 1:32.768
WDTPS<3:0>
1 ms/4 ms
Exit Sleep or
Idle Mode
WDT
Counter
Transition to
New Clock Source
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 357
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
27.4 Program Verification and
Code Protection
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices provide two compli-
mentary methods to protect application code from
overwrites and erasures. These also help to protect the
device from inadvertent configuration changes during
run time.
27.4.1 GENERAL SEGMENT PROTECTION
For all devices in the PIC24FJ256DA210 family, the
on-chip program memory space is treated as a single
block, known as the General Segment (GS). Code pro-
tection for this block is controlled by one Configuration
bit, GCP. This bit inhibits external reads and writes to
the program memory space. It has no direct effect in
normal execution mode.
Write protection is controlled by the GWRP bit in the
Configuration Word. When GWRP is programmed to
0, internal write and erase operations to program
memory are blocked.
27.4.2 CODE SEGMENT PROTECTION
In addition to global General Segment protection, a
separate subrange of the program memory space can
be individually protected against writes and erases.
This area can be used for many purposes where a sep-
arate block of write and erase-protected code is
needed, such as bootloader applications. Unlike
common boot block implementations, the specially
protected segment in the PIC24FJ256DA210 family
devices can be located by the user anywhere in the
program space and configured in a wide range of sizes.
Code segment protection provides an added level of
protection to a designated area of program memory by
disabling the NVM safety interlock whenever a write or
erase address falls within a specified range. It does not
override General Segment protection controlled by the
GCP or GWRP bits. For example, if GCP and GWRP
are enabled, enabling segmented code protection for
the bottom half of program memory does not undo
General Segment protection for the top half.
The size and type of protection for the segmented code
range are configured by the WPFPx, WPEND, WPCFG
and WPDIS bits in Configuration Word 3. Code seg-
ment protection is enabled by programming the WPDIS
bit (= 0). The WPFP bits specify the size of the segment
to be protected, by specifying the 512-word code page
that is the start or end of the protected segment. The
specified region is inclusive, therefore, this page will
also be protected.
The WPEND bit determines if the protected segment
uses the top or bottom of the program space as a
boundary. Programming WPEND (= 0) sets the bottom
of program memory (000000h) as the lower boundary
of the protected segment. Leaving WPEND unpro-
grammed (= 1) protects the specified page through the
last page of implemented program memory, including
the Configuration Word locations.
A separate bit, WPCFG, is used to protect the last page
of program space, including the Flash Configuration
Words. Programming WPCFG (= 0) protects the last
page in addition to the pages selected by the WPEND
and WPFP<7:0> bits setting. This is useful in circum-
stances where write protection is needed for both the
code segment in the bottom of the memory and the
Flash Configuration Words.
The various options for segment code protection are
shown in Table 27-2.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 358 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.4.3 CONFIGURATION REGISTER
PROTECTION
The Configuration registers are protected against
inadvertent or unwanted changes or reads in two ways.
The primary protection method is the same as that of
the RP registers shadow registers contain a compli-
mentary value which is constantly compared with the
actual value.
To safeguard against unpredictable events, Configura-
tion bit changes resulting from individual cell level
disruptions (such as ESD events) will cause a parity
error and trigger a device Reset.
The data for the Configuration registers is derived from
the Flash Configuration Words in program memory.
When the GCP bit is set, the source data for device
configuration is also protected as a consequence. Even
if General Segment protection is not enabled, the
device configuration can be protected by using the
appropriate code segment protection setting.
TABLE 27-2: CODE SEGMENT PROTECTION CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
27.5 JTAG Interface
PIC24FJ256DA210 family devices implement a JTAG
interface, which supports boundary scan device
testing.
27.6 In-Circuit Serial Programming
PIC24FJ256DA210 family microcontrollers can be seri-
ally programmed while in the end application circuit.
This is simply done with two lines for clock (PGECx)
and data (PGEDx), and three other lines for power
(VDD), ground (VSS) and MCLR. This allows customers
to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices
and then program the microcontroller just before
shipping the product. This also allows the most recent
firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed.
27.7 In-Circuit Debugger
When MPLAB
digital signal
controllers are supported with a full range of software
and hardware development tools:
Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB
IDE Software
Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device
Families
- HI-TECH C for Various Device Families
- MPASM
TM
Assembler
- MPLINK
TM
Object Linker/
MPLIB
TM
Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator
In-Circuit Debuggers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit 3 Debug Express
Device Programmers
- PICkit 2 Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits
28.1 MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit
microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows
standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
source files
Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
28.5 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
28.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses
the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
Support for the entire device instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB IDE compatibility
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 361
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
28.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
28.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchips next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs PIC
Flash DSCs
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
included with each kit.
The emulator is connected to the design engineers PC
using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected
to the target with either a connector compatible with
in-circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new
high-speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Sig-
nal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware
downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of
MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new
features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers signifi-
cant advantages over competitive emulators including
low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable
watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a rugge-
dized probe interface and long (up to three meters) inter-
connection cables.
28.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro-
chips most cost effective high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig-
nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)
devices. It debugs and programs PIC
Flash microcon-
trollers and dsPIC
and dsPIC
Flash microcontrollers at a
most affordable price point using the powerful graphical
user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected
to the design engineers PC using a full speed USB
interface and can be connected to the target via an
Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with
MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector
uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to imple-
ment in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Pro-
gramming.
The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with users guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 362 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
28.11 PICkit 2 Development
Programmer/Debugger and
PICkit 2 Debug Express
The PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is
a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter-
face for programming and debugging Microchips Flash
families of microcontrollers. The full featured
Windows
microcon-
trollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single
steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is
embedded in the application. When halted at a break-
point, the file registers can be examined and modified.
The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
with users guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
MPLAB IDE software.
28.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu-
lar, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
28.13 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-
tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for
adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
and source code for examination and modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM and dsPICDEM demon-
stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for analog filter design, KEELOQ
security ICs, CAN,
IrDA
VDD
5.5
V
V
DI21 I/O Pins with TTL Buffer:
with Analog Functions,
Digital Only
0.25 VDD + 0.8
0.25 VDD + 0.8
VDD
5.5
V
V
DI25 MCLR 0.8 VDD VDD V
DI26 OSCI (XT mode) 0.7 VDD VDD V
DI27 OSCI (HS mode) 0.7 VDD VDD V
DI28 I/O Pins with I
2
C Buffer:
with Analog Functions,
Digital Only
0.7 VDD
0.7 VDD
VDD
5.5
V
V
DI29 I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer:
with Analog Functions,
Digital Only
2.1
2.1
VDD
5.5
V
V
2.5V s VPIN s VDD
DI30 ICNPU CNxx Pull-up Current 150 350 550 A VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
DI30A ICNPD CNxx Pull-down Current 15 70 150 A VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VDD
IIL Input Leakage Current
(2)
DI50 I/O Ports +1 A VSS s VPIN s VDD,
pin at high-impedance
DI51 Analog Input Pins +1 A VSS s VPIN s VDD,
pin at high-impedance
DI55 MCLR +1 A VSS s VPIN s VDD
DI56 OSCI/CLKI +1 A VSS s VPIN s VDD,
EC, XT and HS modes
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
3: Refer to Table 1-1 for I/O pins buffer types.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 378 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 30-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ
(1)
Max Units Conditions
VOL Output Low Voltage
DO10 I/O Ports 0.4 V IOL = 6.6 mA, VDD = 3.6V
0.4 V IOL = 5.0 mA, VDD = 2.2V
DO16 OSCO/CLKO 0.4 V IOL = 6.6 mA, VDD = 3.6V
0.4 V IOL = 5.0 mA, VDD = 2.2V
VOH Output High Voltage
DO20 I/O Ports 3.0 V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
2.4 V IOH = -6.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
1.65 V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.2V
1.4 V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 2.2V
DO26 OSCO/CLKO 2.4 V IOH = -6.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V
1.4 V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.2V
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
TABLE 30-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise
stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ
(1)
Max Units Conditions
Program Flash Memory
D130 EP Cell Endurance 10000 E/W -40C to +85C
D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN 3.6 V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage
D132B VDD for Self-Timed Write VMIN 3.6 V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage
D133A TIW Self-Timed Word Write
Cycle Time
20 s
Self-Timed Row Write
Cycle Time
1.5 ms
D133B TIE Self-Timed Page Erase
Time
20 40 ms
D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 20 Year If no other specifications are
violated
D135 IDDP Supply Current during
Programming
16 mA
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 379
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 30-10: INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS
30.2 AC Characteristics and Timing Parameters
The information contained in this section defines the PIC24FJ256DA210 family AC characteristics and timing parameters.
TABLE 30-11: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS AC
FIGURE 30-2: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: -40C < TA < +85C (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
VRGOUT Regulator Output Voltage 1.8 V
VBG Internal Band Gap Reference 1.2 V
CEFC External Filter Capacitor Value 4.7 10 F Series resistance < 3 Ohm
recommended; < 5 Ohm
required.
TVREG 10 s VREGS = 1, VREGS = 0 with
WUTSEL<1:0> = 01 or any POR
or BOR
190 s Sleep wake-up with VREGS = 0
and WUTSEL<1:0> = 11
TBG Band Gap Reference Start-up
Time
1 ms
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Operating voltage VDD range as described in Section 30.1 DC Characteristics.
VDD/2
CL
RL
Pin
Pin
VSS
VSS
CL
RL = 464O
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSCO
15 pF for OSCO output
Load Condition 1 for all pins except OSCO Load Condition 2 for OSCO
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 380 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 30-12: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS
FIGURE 30-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ
(1)
Max Units Conditions
DO50 COSCO OSCO/CLKO Pin 15 pF In XT and HS modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSCI
DO56 CIO All I/O Pins and OSCO 50 pF EC mode
DO58 CB SCLx, SDAx 400 pF In I
2
C mode
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
OSCI
CLKO
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OS20
OS25
OS30 OS30
OS40 OS41
OS31 OS31
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q3
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 381
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 30-13: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ
(1)
Max Units Conditions
OS10 FOSC External CLKI Frequency
(External clocks allowed
only in EC mode)
DC
4
32
48
MHz
MHz
EC
ECPLL
Oscillator Frequency 3.5
4
10
10
31
10
8
32
32
33
MHz
MHz
MHz
MHz
kHz
XT
XTPLL
HS
HSPLL
SOSC
OS20 TOSC TOSC = 1/FOSC See parameter OS10 for
FOSC value
OS25 TCY Instruction Cycle Time
(2)
62.5 DC ns
OS30 TosL,
TosH
External Clock in (OSCI)
High or Low Time
0.45 x TOSC ns EC
OS31 TosR,
TosF
External Clock in (OSCI)
Rise or Fall Time
20 ns EC
OS40 TckR CLKO Rise Time
(3)
6 10 ns
OS41 TckF CLKO Fall Time
(3)
6 10 ns
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are
based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with
the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation
and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at Min. values with an
external clock applied to the OSCI/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the Max. cycle time
limit is DC (no clock) for all devices.
3: Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSCO pin. CLKO is low for the
Q1-Q2 period (1/2 TCY) and high for the Q3-Q4 period (1/2 TCY).
TABLE 30-14: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 2.2V TO 3.6V)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic
(1)
Min Typ
(2)
Max Units Conditions
OS50 FPLLI PLL Input Frequency
Range
(2)
4 48 MHz ECPLL mode
4 32 MHz HSPLL mode
4 8 MHz XTPLL mode
OS51 FSYS PLL Output Frequency
Range
95.76 96.24 MHz
OS52 TLOCK PLL Start-up Time
(Lock Time)
200 s
OS53 DCLK CLKO Stability (Jitter) -0.25 0.25 %
Note 1: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.
2: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 382 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 30-15: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
F20 FRC Accuracy @
8 MHz
(1,2)
-1 0.15 1 % -40C s TA s +85C 2.2V s VDD s 3.6V
F21 LPRC @ 31 kHz -20 20 % -40C s TA s +85C VCAP (on-chip regulator
output voltage) = 1.8V
Note 1: Frequency calibrated at 25C and 3.3V. OSCTUN bits can be used to compensate for temperature drift.
2: To achieve this accuracy, physical stress applied to the microcontroller package (ex., by flexing the PCB)
must be kept to a minimum.
TABLE 30-16: RC OSCILLATOR START-UP TIME
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
TFRC 15 s
TLPRC 50 s
TABLE 30-17: RESET AND BROWN-OUT RESET REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless other-
wise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
SY10 TMCL MCLR Pulse width (Low) 2 s
SY12 TPOR Power-on Reset Delay 2 s
SY13 TIOZ I/O High-Impedance from MCLR
Low or Watchdog Timer Reset
100 ns
SY25 TBOR Brown-out Reset Pulse Width 1 s VDD s VBOR
TRST Internal State Reset Time 50 s
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 383
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
FIGURE 30-4: CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
Note: Refer to Figure 30-2 for load conditions.
I/O Pin
(Input)
I/O Pin
(Output)
DI35
Old Value New Value
DI40
DO31
DO32
TABLE 30-18: CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V (unless otherwise
stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C for Industrial
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ
(1)
Max Units Conditions
DO31 TIOR Port Output Rise Time 10 25 ns
DO32 TIOF Port Output Fall Time 10 25 ns
DI35 TINP INTx Pin High or Low
Time (input)
20 ns
DI40 TRBP CNx High or Low Time
(input)
2 TCY
Note 1: Data in Typ column is at 3.3V, 25C unless otherwise stated.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 384 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 30-19: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V
(unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions
Device Supply
AD01 AVDD Module VDD Supply Greater of
VDD 0.3
or 2.2
Lesser of
VDD + 0.3
or 3.6
V
AD02 AVSS Module VSS Supply VSS 0.3 VSS + 0.3 V
Reference Inputs
AD05 VREFH Reference Voltage High AVSS + 1.7 AVDD V
AD06 VREFL Reference Voltage Low AVSS AVDD 1.7 V
AD07 VREF Absolute Reference
Voltage
AVSS 0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V
Analog Input
AD10 VINH-VINL Full-Scale Input Span VREFL VREFH V (Note 2)
AD11 VIN Absolute Input Voltage AVSS 0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V
AD12 VINL Absolute VINL Input
Voltage
AVSS 0.3 AVDD/2 V
AD13 Leakage Current 1.0 610 nA VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V,
Source Impedance = 2.5 kO
AD17 RIN Recommended Impedance
of Analog Voltage Source
2.5K O 10-bit
ADC Accuracy
AD20B Nr Resolution 10 bits
AD21B INL Integral Nonlinearity 1 <2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
AD22B DNL Differential Nonlinearity 0.5 <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
AD23B GERR Gain Error 1 3 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
AD24B EOFF Offset Error 1 2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3V
AD25B Monotonicity
(1)
Guaranteed
Note 1: The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing
codes.
2: Measurements taken with external VREF+ and VREF- used as the ADC voltage reference.
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 385
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
TABLE 30-20: ADC CONVERSION TIMING REQUIREMENTS
(1)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions: 2.2V to 3.6V
(unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C s TA s +85C
Param
No.
Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions
Clock Parameters
AD50 TAD ADC Clock Period 75 ns TCY = 75 ns, AD1CON3
in default state
AD51 tRC ADC Internal RC Oscillator
Period
250 ns
Conversion Rate
AD55 tCONV Conversion Time 12 TAD
AD56 FCNV Throughput Rate 500 ksps AVDD > 2.7V
AD57 tSAMP Sample Time 1 TAD
Clock Parameters
AD61 tPSS Sample Start Delay from Setting
Sample bit (SAMP)
2 3 TAD
Note 1: Because the sample caps will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity
performance, especially at elevated temperatures.
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 386 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39969B-page 387
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
31.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
31.1 Package Marking Information
64-Lead TQFP (10x10x1 mm)
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC24FJ256
DA106-I/
1020017
100-Lead TQFP (12x12x1 mm)
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
PT 3 e
Example
PIC24FJ256DA
110-I/PT
1020017
3 e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week 01)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
* This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3 e
3 e
121-BGA (10x10x1.1 mm)
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC24FJ256DA
110-I/BG
1020017
3 e
XXXXXXXXXXX
64-Lead QFN (9x9x0.9 mm)
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
PIC24FJ256
Example
DA206-I/MR
1010017
3 e
PIC24FJ256DA210 FAMILY
DS39969B-page 388 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.
31.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
64-Lead PIastic Thin Quad FIatpack (PT) - 10x10x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm [TQFP]
Notes:
1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2. Chamfers at corners are optional; size may vary.
3. Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.25 mm per side.
4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Units MLLMETERS
Dimension Limits MN NOM MAX
Number of Leads N 64
Lead Pitch e 0.50 BSC
Overall Height A 1.20
Molded Package Thickness A2 0.95 1.00 1.05
Standoff A1 0.05 0.15
Foot Length L 0.45 0.60 0.75
Footprint L1 1.00 REF
Foot Angle I 0 3.5 7
Overall Width E 12.00 BSC
Overall Length D 12.00 BSC
Molded Package Width E1 10.00 BSC
Molded Package Length D1 10.00 BSC
Lead Thickness c 0.09 0.20
Lead Width b 0.17 0.22 0.27
Mold Draft Angle Top D 11 12 13
Mold Draft Angle Bottom E 11 12 13
D
D1
E
E1
e
b
N
NOTE 1
1 2 3
NOTE 2
c
L
A1
L1
A2
A